NewzIntel.com

    • Checkout Page
    • Contact Us
    • Default Redirect Page
    • Frontpage
    • Home-2
    • Home-3
    • Lost Password
    • Member Login
    • Member LogOut
    • Member TOS Page
    • My Account
    • NewzIntel Alert Control-Panel
    • NewzIntel Latest Reports
    • Post Views Counter
    • Privacy Policy
    • Public Individual Page
    • Register
    • Subscription Plan
    • Thank You Page

Category: Latin America

  • MIL-OSI Video: Iraq, Gaza/UNSCO, Lebanon & other topics – Daily Press Briefing (22 Oct 2024) | United Nations

    Source: United Nations (Video News)

    Noon briefing by Farhan Haq, Deputy Spokesperson for the Secretary-General.

    Highlights:
    -BRICS
    -Iraq
    -Gaza/UNSCO
    -Occupied Palestinian Territory
    -Gaza/UN Development Programme
    -The UN Interim Force in Lebanon
    -Lebanon/Humanitarian
    -Yemen
    -Sudan
    -Ukraine
    -Security Council/Ukraine
    -Cuba
    -Haiti
    -Democratic Republic of the Congo

    BRICS
    I can confirm that the Secretary-General is once again attending the BRICS summit, which this year takes place in Kazan, in the Russian Federation.

    Iraq
    In a statement issued today, the Secretary-General congratulates the Kurdistan Region of Iraq and its people on the holding of parliamentary elections on 20 October, which took place in a calm and peaceful manner. He further commends the efforts of the Independent High Electoral Commission (IHEC), supported by the United Nations Assistance Mission for Iraq (UNAMI), in the preparations and conduct of these elections.
    As the Kurdistan Region of Iraq awaits the final results, the Secretary-General encourages all political leaders and segments of society to continue to maintain a peaceful atmosphere and urges political actors to resolve any electoral disputes through established legal channels and to complete the electoral process by forming an inclusive government as soon as possible. He reiterates the commitment of the United Nations to support Iraq’s efforts to consolidate democratic gains and build a prosperous future for the people of Iraq.

    Gaza/UNSCO
    Tor Wennesland, the UN Special Coordinator for the Middle East Peace Process, visited Gaza today, where he saw firsthand the continued immense destruction and profound suffering of the people.
    He said he met with UN staff and Palestinian NGOs in Gaza, whose tireless efforts are admirable. He heard directly from them about the alarming security and humanitarian situation across the Strip, particularly in northern Gaza. The challenges faced by the people of Gaza, including serious violations of international humanitarian law, are enormous, with urgent needs for food, medical supplies, and protection.
    Mr. Wennesland said that a significant increase in the entry of humanitarian assistance and an improvement in security is urgently required.  He reiterated the Secretary-General’s repeated call for an immediate ceasefire and the unconditional release of all hostages held by Hamas. He calls on all relevant parties to urgently pursue these goals.

    Gaza/UN Development Programme
    The UN Development Programme (UNDP) says that one year into the Gaza war, the humanitarian crisis has reached a catastrophic level – with unprecedented casualties, widespread destruction and severe food insecurity.
    The war has had a severe impact on critical sectors such as education, healthcare, social services, the economy and the environment, UNDP says in a new report. Educational institutions have suffered significant losses, with numerous casualties among students and educators and the widespread destruction of schools. The healthcare system is nearing collapse, facing critical shortages in medical supplies and widespread malnutrition, particularly among children.
    Economic projections indicate that the gross domestic product (GDP) of the State of Palestine contracted by 35.1 per cent in 2024 compared with a no-war scenario, with unemployment potentially rising to 49.9 per cent. By the end of 2024, the Human Development Index (HDI) in the State of Palestine may fall to 0.643, a level not seen since human development calculations began in 2004.
    Poverty in the State of Palestine is projected to rise to 74.3 per cent in 2024, affecting 4.1 million people, including 2.61 million people who are newly impoverished. The full report is online.

    Full Highlights: https://www.un.org/sg/en/content/ossg/noon-briefing-highlight?date%5Bvalue%5D%5Bdate%5D=22+October+2024

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gfpt8lR-1Oc

    MIL OSI Video –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI China: Xi underscores BRICS’ role in building multipolar world, driving globalization

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    KAZAN, Russia, Oct. 23 — The BRICS mechanism is a pillar in promoting a multipolar world and fostering an inclusive economic globalization, said Chinese President Xi Jinping on Tuesday as leaders gathered in Kazan for the 16th BRICS Summit.

    Xi made the remarks while meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin ahead of the leaders’ formal meetings. He noted that BRICS is the world’s most important platform for solidarity and cooperation between emerging markets and developing countries.

    He also voiced his hope to have in-depth discussions with Putin and other leaders participating in the summit on the future development of the BRICS mechanism, so as to secure more opportunities for the Global South.

    Putin thanked China for its support during Russia’s presidency of BRICS, stressing that Russia is ready to closely cooperate with China to ensure the success of the first BRICS Summit after its expansion and bolster BRICS cooperation.

    Kazan, the capital of Tatarstan and the fifth-largest city in Russia, holds historical and cultural significance. Xi told Putin during their meeting that around 400 years ago, the Great Tea Road that connected the two countries went past Kazan, through which tea leaves from China’s Wuyi Mountain region found their way into many Russian households.

    The city is also home to Kazan Federal University, where notable figures like the Russian writer Leo Tolstoy and Russian revolutionary leader Vladimir Lenin studied.

    Russian fighter jets escorted Xi’s plane before its landing at the Kazan International Airport around noon on Tuesday. Guards of honor lined both sides of a red carpet to salute Xi, while Russian youths in traditional attire offered him a warm welcome.

    Kazan Mayor Ilsur Metshin, one of the Russian officials who greeted Xi at the airport, told Xinhua that the city is honored to host the Chinese president.

    During the three-day summit, Xi will attend small- and large-scale leaders’ meetings and the BRICS Plus leaders’ dialogue. He will also have in-depth exchanges with leaders of other countries on the current international situation, BRICS cooperation, the development of the BRICS mechanism and important issues of common concern, according to Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesperson Mao Ning.

    GREATER BRICS

    Observers see the BRICS Summit as an opportunity for Global South countries to voice their needs.

    Victoria Fedosova, deputy director of the Institute for Strategic Research and Forecasts of the Russian Peoples’ Friendship University, said the very dynamic development of BRICS and the growth in its membership reflect a demand for a platform to address global issues.

    “The BRICS mechanism has enormous potential in adjusting the imbalances in global development accumulated over the last 80 years,” said Fedosova.

    The New Development Bank (NDB) is a flagship project of BRICS cooperation. As the first multilateral development bank established by emerging economies, the NDB, headquartered in Shanghai, provides financing support for infrastructure development, clean energy, environmental protection, and the building of cyber infrastructure across BRICS countries.

    Dilma Rousseff, president of the NDB who is also in Kazan, told Putin during a meeting on Tuesday that the summit is “very important.”

    BRICS has emerged as “the core of this multipolar world” alongside other global and regional organizations, said British author and political commentator Carlos Martinez. “It is essential to move away from the dominance of Western voices and allow countries from the Global South to have a meaningful say in international relations.”

    “BRICS, with its focus on inclusivity and equality, serves as a shining star of this new type of international relations,” he said.

    Zukiswa Roboji, a researcher at Walter Sisulu University in South Africa, said that BRICS has “undoubtedly made notable strides in recent years,” offering emerging economies easier access to financial resources and better opportunities for trade, investment and development.

    Experts also highlighted China’s role in BRICS cooperation and development. Timirkhan Alishev, vice rector for International Affairs at Kazan Federal University, told Xinhua that all initiatives introduced by China are rooted in multilateralism, fostering communication and dialogue on multiple levels.

    “We see China puts a lot of efforts into developing BRICS,” said Alishev, adding that there are no preconditions for BRICS cooperation as one can begin dialogue on equal footing with everyone.

    STRONGER APPEAL

    The term BRIC was initially coined in 2001 by Jim O’Neill, former chief economist at Goldman Sachs, as an investment concept referring to emerging market economies of Brazil, Russia, India and China. With South Africa’s inclusion in 2010, BRICS officially took shape.

    Following last year’s expansion, the BRICS grouping now represents approximately 30 percent of global GDP, nearly half of the world’s population, and one-fifth of global trade.

    “Measured by GDP, the BRICS countries have already surpassed the G7 in importance,” said Rousseff in a recent interview with Xinhua.

    One of the key priorities of Russia’s BRICS chairmanship is integrating the new members into the BRICS framework, according to the official website. Other areas of practical cooperation include boosting trade and direct investment, as well as fostering a balanced and equitable transition to a low-carbon economy.

    As BRICS’ influence grows, its appeal has strengthened. Over 30 countries like Thailand, Malaysia, Türkiye and Azerbaijan have either formally applied for or expressed interest in its membership, while many other developing countries are seeking deeper cooperation with the group.

    “Joining BRICS will benefit Thailand in many ways, including advancing cooperation with other developing countries and increasing its influence in the international arena,” said Tang Zhimin, director of China ASEAN Studies at the Bangkok-based Panyapiwat Institute of Management.

    BRICS “has become an engine of growth for the world economy and plays an important role in global policymaking,” Tang added.

    MIL OSI China News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI NGOs: UK: Make it a compassionate Christmas with Amnesty’s new retail range

    Source: Amnesty International –

    Shop for Christmas gifts that support defending human rights 

    Hundreds of products mean sustainable and ethical shopping couldn’t be easier 

    ‘A gift from the Amnesty festive range works as a present two-fold, as every purchase help us continue defending human rights and fighting atrocities around the globe’ – Sacha Deshmukh 

    Samples and high-res images available 

    Amnesty International UK has launched its Christmas catalogue with hundreds of ethically sourced and imaginative gift ideas that will delight recipients and support communities around the world. 

    Shoppers can choose from a wide range of sustainable, festive cards with each set of ten featuring the message inside of ‘Season’s Greetings’ in nine different languages – Russian, Chinese, Irish, Scots Gaelic, English, Welsh, Arabic, French and Spanish.  

    For those who want to impress an interior-design aficionado in their life, there are dazzling décor options from patchwork kantha throws, recycled sari hanging wreaths to Chara hammered vases, which have been handmade in India. 

    For friends and family who enjoy seasonal snacks there are tantalising treats to be snapped up from chocolates and fudge to spicy sauces.  And for the lovers of kitchen kits and culinary curios, options include beautiful recycled Izaan spice jars, tea-towels emblazoned with powerful prints and charming handmade bread baskets, handwoven in Vietnam using water hyacinth. 

    Amnesty is also showcasing their own range of handmade bath and body care for those who deserve a little luxury, with options of wellbeing gift sets, vegan lip balms and natural soaps. 

    Gift-grabbers can also peruse garden gifts for the green-fingered, the stunning collection of elegant fairtrade jewellery, children’s toys, gifts and organic cotton clothing and a cosy range of knitwear – seasonal socks included, of course! 

    Sacha Deshmukh, Amnesty International UK’s Chief Executive, said: 

    “A gift from the Amnesty Christmas range works as a present two-fold, as every purchase helps us continue defending human rights and fighting atrocities around the globe. 

    “The unique and beautiful products featured provide much-needed support to the incredible craft-makers and will connect the lucky recipients to global communities from their home.” 

    With prices to suit all shoppers, more highlights from the 2024 catalogue include: 

    Guatemalan Christmas Angel: A charming and unique tree decoration. 

    The World in your Kitchen 2025 Calendar: Every month features a new vegetarian recipe accompanied by a beautiful illustration. 

    Gaza collection: Tote bags, T-shirts and candles created by Aya Mobaydeen, an illustrator from Amman, Jordan, in collaboration with Amnesty. 

    These Rights are your Rights: With a foreword by Angelina Jolie, this paperback guide to child rights is packed with fun facts, top tips, comic illustrations by Sue Cheung and inspiring stories of young activists from around the world. 

    Virtual gifts:   For minimum fuss and maximum impact, money raised from Amnesty’s virtual gifts will be used wherever its needed most, from responding to crisis and conflict, campaigning for refugee rights, or educating the next generation of leaders and change makers. Shoppers can choose either e-card or traditional greeting card’ 

    Products can be purchased online, by phone or by post. Free packaging and posting is available on all orders over £75. 

    For more information, please visit: https://amnestyshop.org.uk/ 

     

    MIL OSI NGO –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: AMERICA/ECUADOR – Appointment of vicar apostolic of Napo

    Source: Agenzia Fides – MIL OSI

    Wednesday, 23 October 2024

    Vatican City (Agenzia Fides) – The Holy Father has appointed Bishop Celmo Lazzari, C.S.I., until now vicar apostolic of San Miguel de Sucumbíos, as vicar apostolic of the apostolic vicariate of Napo, Ecuador.Bishop Celmo Lazzari, C.S.I., was born on 16 June 1956 in Garibaldi, in the diocese of Caxias do Sul. He carried out his studies in philosophy and theology in Londrina, Brazil.He gave his perpetual vows on 9 January 1982, and was ordained a priest on 18 December 1982.He has held the following offices: director of the religious community of Ana Rech and rector of the minor seminary of the Josephites, Caxias do Sul (1982-1987), master of Josephite Philosophers, Caxias do Sul (1988-1989), master of Josephite Theologians, Porto Alegre (1990-1994), vicar (1992-1994) and provincial superior (1994-2000) of the Josephite Fathers in Brazil, counsellor general of the Congregation and head of the Josephite Missions, Rome (2000-2006), vicar general of the Congregation, Rome (2006-2010), vicar apostolic of Napo (2010-2013), and since 2013, vicar apostolic of San Miguel de Sucumbíos. (E.G.) (Agenzia Fides, 23/10/2024)
    Share:

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: AMERICA/ECUADOR – Appointment of vicar apostolic of San Miguel de Sucumbíos

    Source: Agenzia Fides – MIL OSI

    Wednesday, 23 October 2024

    Vatican City (Agenzia Fides) – The Holy Father has appointed the Reverend Moacir Goulart de Figueredo, M.S.C., until now superior of the order of the Missionaries of the Sacred Heart in the province of Curitiba, as vicar apostolic of San Miguel de Sucumbíos, Ecuador.Msgr. Moacir Goulart de Figueredo, M.S.C., was born on 30 September 1965 in Salto do Lontra, PR, in Brazil. He carried out his studies in philosophy at the Universidade São Franciscodi São Paulo and in theology at the Nossa Senhora da Assuncão University, where he was awarded a licentiate in missiology.He gave his perpetual vows on 2 February 1990 and was ordained a priest on 16 November 1991.He has held the following offices: formator and provincial vicar in São Paulo (1990-1996), missionary in Ecuador and parish vicar in Chunchi, province of Chimborazo and diocese of Riobamba (1996-2001), provincial superior in Curitiba, PR, Brazil, and parish vicar (2001-2007), formator in Ecuador and parish vicar in Quito (2007-2016), assessor of the Ecuadorian Conference of Religious (2007-2016), formator of candidates of the Missionaries of the Sacred Heart of Jesus (2007-2016), archdiocesan director of the Pontifical Mission Societies (2010-2015), executive secretary of the Centro Misionero Nacional of the Ecuadorian Episcopal Conference (2015-2018), and parish priest of the Good Shepherd in Turubamba in Quito (2016-2022). Since 2022 he has served as provincial superior in Curitiba, PR, Brazil. (E.G.) (Agenzia Fides, 23/10/2024)
    Share:

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Market dynamics vary at key natural gas pricing hubs

    Source: US Energy Information Administration

    In-brief analysis

    October 23, 2024

    Data source: U.S. Energy Information Administration
    Note: $/MMBtu=dollars per million British thermal units


    Pricing hubs provide transactional flexibility to buyers and sellers in the natural gas industry. The integrated North American market has close to 200 pricing hubs, which vary by size, location, type, liquidity, and age. Pricing hubs convey market information and make it easier for buyers and sellers to arrange natural gas deals in physical and financial markets across many time periods: intra-day, daily, weekly, balance-of-month, monthly, seasonally, and annually. Changes in prices at natural gas hubs tend to be reflected in movements in prices at nearby power market hubs or zones. A mix of private price reporting agencies and exchanges offer services and platforms to help buyers, sellers, and market observers obtain pricing information. Pricing hubs are dynamic; new ones are established or are retired based on market conditions and consumer preferences.

    Prices can vary substantially at hubs based on many factors: geographic location, unique or seasonal weather conditions, proximity to energy supplies, prevalence of constraints or bottlenecks, access to substitutes, and infrastructure availability.

    We examine several key pricing hubs below to better understand regional natural gas pricing.

    A closer look at key pricing hubs around the United States

    South Central region
    Henry Hub in Erath, Louisiana, has many features that make it an important pricing benchmark: pipeline interconnectivity, proximity to storage and production, access to diverse markets, and lots of buyers and sellers of natural gas, especially with growing export markets for natural gas. Henry Hub is the delivery location for natural gas futures contracts transacted on the New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) that go to physical settlement. Most natural gas at U.S. trading hubs is priced relative to Henry Hub, which is also an increasingly relevant benchmark for global liquefied natural gas (LNG) purchases, as U.S. exports increase and as Henry Hub price indexation is used to price deliveries at U.S. export terminals.

    The Houston Ship Channel (HSC) is in southeastern Texas in the Port of Houston, surrounded by numerous natural gas and processing plants along the Gulf Coast. The HSC market is diverse, providing price transparency and liquidity for exports markets, industrial and process gas uses, and power generation. Production from the nearby Eagle Ford shale formation accounted for about 6% of total marketed natural gas in the United States last year. Growing LNG exports and related facilities that process the hydrocarbon gas liquids present in natural gas in this region have also further increased the significance of this hub, as have increased natural gas exports via pipeline to Mexico.

    The Waha natural gas pricing hub is in West Texas near Permian Basin production activities and helps natural gas market participants get a sense of pricing in West Texas and southeastern New Mexico. The Permian Basin produced 19% of total U.S. natural gas in 2023, with most coming from associated gas from crude oil wells. Because natural gas production in the Permian Basin has increased more rapidly than natural gas pipeline takeaway capacity, Waha prices are typically lower than those at other hubs, sometimes turning negative.

    Pacific region
    SoCal Citygate is the major natural gas pricing hub in Southern California in the Los Angeles Basin, with substantial natural gas consumption by the various local sectors, averaging about 2.5 billion cubic feet per day (Bcf/d) in 2023. SoCal Citygate prices reflect the price of moving natural gas from diverse nearby basins and Mexico into the Los Angeles metro area’s distribution system. Prices also include the cost of transporting natural gas from the California border to the distribution system in the greater Los Angeles Basin. SoCal Citygate traded at prices that were historically low for this hub through the first eight months of 2024, due to milder winter conditions, increased solar generation, more natural gas in storage, and increased hydroelectric power generation.

    Opal is a key natural gas pricing hub in southwestern Wyoming. The Kern River Gas Transmission pipeline, which is connected to the Opal Hub, is the only interstate pipeline that delivers natural gas directly from the Rocky Mountain region to Southern California. This pipeline receives about 25% of the Rocky Mountain’s natural gas supply, and its deliveries account for approximately 25% of California’s natural gas demand, according to pipeline owner BHE. Operations at Opal’s large nearby processing plant often influence price volatility.

    Northwest Sumas is the key pricing hub along the British Columbia-Washington border for natural gas in the Pacific Northwest, providing customers in the Pacific Northwest with natural gas supply diversity. Sumas prices reflect market conditions in the Pacific Northwest, such as the state of the regional hydroelectric market, natural gas storage availability, space heating needs, upstream gas conditions in British Columbia, and increasing power burn.

    Midwest region
    At Chicago Citygate in Illinois, seven major interstate pipelines transporting natural gas from Canada, the Southwest, and the Gulf of Mexico converge. Chicago Citygate, the primary pricing hub for end users in Chicago and parts of the upper Midwest, is linked to three pipelines that transport natural gas from Henry Hub, increasing the linkage of prices between the two hubs. This market is also close to storage, and abundant infrastructure helps to moderate seasonal and daily price volatility at this hub.

    Northeast region (defined as New York, New England, and Pennsylvania)
    Algonquin Citygate is an important pricing hub in the northeastern United States, and prices at this hub reflect natural gas market dynamics in Boston, Massachusetts, and elsewhere in New England. New England relies heavily on natural gas for heating in the winter months, but supplies are constrained by the region’s limited natural gas pipeline capacity and changing fuel mix. Price volatility at Algonquin Citygate is typically related to these periods of peak demand.

    Transco Zone 6 NY is a key pricing hub primarily serving New York City. Named after the Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, Transco is the main pipeline serving the U.S. eastern seaboard. Price volatility at Transco Zone 6 NY tends to be reflected in locational marginal prices in the New York Independent System Operator’s zones in New York City (Zone J) and Long Island (Zone I). Historically, disruptions or constraints along this long-distance pipeline quickly affected prices, but recently, production in the Appalachian Basin has muted those effects. Competing needs for deliveries along the Transco network can contribute to higher prices at Transco Zone 6 NY, especially in the winter.

    Eastern Gas South (formerly Dominion South) serves as a pricing hub in the mid-Atlantic and is one of the most important trading hubs in the United States. In addition to being a key point of liquidity for buyers and sellers of Appalachian natural gas, this benchmark has undergone substantial growth in production over the past decade, accounting for 29%, or 37.7 Bcf/d, of gross natural gas production in the United States last year. Prices in this area tend to be discounted to the Henry Hub price because of regional productivity, supply surpassing local demand, and transportation of natural gas supply out of Appalachia being constrained by takeaway pipeline capacity.

    We provide the locations of major hubs in our U.S. Energy Atlas geospatial application in the Natural Gas Infrastructure and Resources layer.

    Principal contributors: Andrew Iraola, Chris Peterson

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: A Long, Long Time Ago, in Galaxies Near and Far

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    Until now, space exploration has been dominated by two categories of missions – flagship missions, like the James Webb and Hubble Space Telescopes, and smaller-scale missions – with little in between. 

    Cara Battersby is an associate professor of physics at UConn.

    But a “happy medium” can help fill in the gaps of information gleaned from these two mission types. Recognizing this, NASA’s Probe Explorers program recently selected two probe designs to receive $5 million funding for development over the next 12 months. The two designs will then compete to receive $1 billion funding to get off the ground – literally – and launch in 2032. 

    One of these probe concepts, PRIMA (PRobe far-Infrared Mission for Astrophysics), has been developed by an international team including UConn physics associate professor Cara Battersby, who leads one of the project’s key science objectives.  

    If selected for launch, it will use far-infrared sensing technology to illuminate the secrets of the universe, helping scientists understand our own and surrounding galaxies.

    Uncovering Galactic Secrets in Hidden Wavelengths

    “This observatory is designed to fill this enormous gap in wavelength coverage between the mid-infrared all the way to the submillimeter,” Battersby says.  

    The James Webb telescope can “see” in the mid-infrared range of electromagnetic radiation, while the ALMA telescope in Chile can “see” in the submillimeter range. Everything in between is known as the “far infrared” range. This frequency of radiation isn’t visible to the human eye, or even from Earth itself, Battersby points out. 

    “The Earth’s atmosphere completely absorbs this wavelength of light that comes from interstellar space – distant galaxies, forming planets,” she says. “So there’s really no existing or planned telescope that can cover this wavelength gap. The fact that NASA is supporting the next phase for this mission is really exciting, and the science that it enables it is breathtaking.” 

    In space, PRIMA would use this wavelength range to understand the time period between “cosmic dawn” and “cosmic noon,” which encompasses the first era of galaxy formation and the peak of cosmic star formation in the universe. It would also uncover new data to explain how planets and their atmospheres develop. Battersby herself is leading the star and planet formation group on the PRIMA team. 

    In other words, PRIMA would provide the entire astronomy community with critical insights from this key wavelength range that can help us understand our cosmic origins: from the formation of stars and planets to the buildup of elements and the evolution of galaxies over cosmic time. 

    Battersby compares the current state of astrophysics to looking at a crowd of people and attempting to guess their ages, without knowing much about human development. If you didn’t have background knowledge – that children are generally shorter than adults, for instance – it would be impossible. 

    But if, instead, you understand that people generally get taller as they mature, and that there are exceptions (some people are always very short; some are tall from a young age), you can start to sort people visually and make educated guesses about how old they are. 

    Likewise, if you understand what distinguishes an older galaxy from a younger one, you can start to piece together the story of how space took shape over billions of years. 

    “We see these pictures of populations of galaxies, and we don’t know what they were like when they first formed and how they grew. What controls how big a galaxy can get or how many stars it can form? Does it make a really big black hole or really small black hole?” Battersby says. “In order make sense of the data, you need to uncover pictures of the galaxies when they were young and follow them as they grow. Only then can you put the timeline together.”

    Cara Battersby (right) and graduate student Rachel Lee (left) at the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy, in Heidelberg, Germany. (Courtesy of Cara Battersby)

    Enriching Scientific Community on Earth

    In addition to the sheer scientific advancement potential, Battersby is excited about PRIMA’s ability to enrich the entire astronomy community – and provide UConn students with some truly once-in-a-lifetime research opportunities. 

    “A large percentage of the time the observatory is actually operating will be devoted to the astronomy community,” she says. “They can put in proposals to do their favorite science [with PRIMA]. We actually had a community call for proposals, and we had about 70 people write papers about what they would like to do with the telescope – so there’s a ton of community interest.” 

    And if PRIMA is selected to launch, that means Battersby’s students at UConn will have a chance to get involved with this historic project. In fact, one of her graduate students, Rachel Lee, is already nearing publication on a paper exploring some potential applications for PRIMA. 

    “I’m really excited about what this opportunity will mean for students at UConn moving forward, because there will be a chance to make meaningful impacts on this mission that has a very good likelihood of going into space,” she says. “That’s really unique. I certainly never had that opportunity as a student. Working on this is one of the coolest things I’ve done in my career, and now that’s something that UConn students could have a chance to do – they could be part of this whole team.” 

    PRIMA’s principal investigator is Jason Glenn of the NASA Goddard Space Flight Center. 

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Galaxy AI to Support 20 Languages by End of 2024

    Source: Samsung

    Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. today announced the upcoming expansion of four new languages for Galaxy AI1: Turkish, Dutch, Swedish and Romanian. Existing supported languages will also expand to cover additional dialects in traditional Chinese and Portuguese (Europe). This expanded support will begin rolling out from the end of October.
    Galaxy AI currently supports 16 languages2, and by the end of the year that number will go up to 20 with these new additions. This update means even more users will be able to lower language barriers and step into a larger world with the power of Galaxy AI. The new languages and dialects will be available for download as language packs from the Settings app of compatible Galaxy devices.
    For more information about Galaxy AI, please visit: Samsung Newsroom, Samsungmobilepress.com or Samsung.com.

    1 Galaxy AI features by Samsung will be provided for free until the end of 2025 on supported Samsung Galaxy devices.
    2 Supported languages include Arabic, Chinese (China mainland, Hong Kong), English (Australia, India, United Kingdom, United States), French (Canada, France), German, Hindi, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Russian, Spanish (Mexico, Spain, United States), Thai and Vietnamese.

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: The Pet Hazard Decking Your Halls: truInsights into Foreign Body Ingestion & Holiday Decor

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SEATTLE, Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tis the season for holiday decor. But all those haunted Halloween decorations, Thanksgiving centerpieces and Christmas ornaments present a hidden danger pet parents need to watch out for.

    In 2023 alone, pet medical insurance company Trupanion (Nasdaq: TRUP) received more than 24,000 foreign body ingestion claims. Foreign body ingestion (FBI) is a painful, sometimes deadly, and costly condition that happens when a pet eats something they can’t pass through their gastrointestinal system without veterinary help.

    “Keep a close eye on your pets during the holiday season,” says veterinarian and Trupanion General Manager, Dr. Stephen Rose, BVSc (Hons1) M Infotech CVA ACVCHM. “And if you suspect your pet ate something they shouldn’t have, don’t risk it—reach out to your veterinarian to have them examined to be sure. It’s better to be safe than sorry in these instances.”

    Foreign Body Ingestion: By the Numbers

    In 2023, Trupanion paid 24,305 foreign body ingestion claims. The average claim was $878, while the highest claim was $27,403.

    Amongst Trupanion’s current population of insured pets, 7% of dogs and 3% of cats have had an FBI claim. Puppies and kittens have the most FBI claims of any age group by far. Pets under 1 year of age claim 322% more than adults and senior pets. Adult pets claim 34% more than senior pets.

    Top 5 Dog Breeds Claiming

    • Doberman Pinscher
    • Maltese
    • Boston Terrier
    • Shih Tzu
    • German Pointer

    Top 5 Cat Breeds Claiming

    • Persian
    • Bengal
    • Russian Blue
    • Sphynx
    • Siberian

    The Science & Medicine of Foreign Body Ingestion

    When a pet eats a foreign object that they can’t pass through their gastrointestinal system, it can become lodged anywhere along the GI Tract and cause a variety of symptoms from vomiting and diarrhea to obstruction, organ damage, and even death.

    Early signs and symptoms of foreign body ingestion are vomiting, diarrhea, lethargy, refusal of food or loss of appetite, whining, restlessness, pain in the belly, straining to defecate or being unable to fully vacate the bowels.

    If these symptoms are observed, it’s recommended that the pet is seen by a veterinarian as quickly as possible so that they can be evaluated for foreign body ingestion.

    During the examination, the vet may perform diagnostic imaging such as x-rays to see if a foreign object can be seen, or use a substance called Barium which when swallowed, illuminates on the radiographs to show if there is a blockage somewhere along the GI tract, and can help track the foreign material.

    Surgery is often needed to safely remove foreign objects from the GI tract to prevent further damage. The vet may also support with IV fluids, prescribing pain and/or nausea medications, inducing vomiting, performing bloodwork to check organ function, as well as observation while the pet passes the object.

    Prognosis is based on many factors such as what the pet ingested, how long the object has been stuck in the GI tract, where in the tract the object is stuck, and how healthy the pet is otherwise.

    Early intervention is always better. If too much time passes before treatment, the pet’s health may continue to decline, and if the blockage is an intestinal or stomach obstruction, the blood flow to organs can be affected, which can result in permanent damage or necrosis of those tissues. In these cases, just a few hours can mean the difference between life or death.

    Keeping Your Pets Safe During the Holidays

    Common items that pets ingest that result in foreign body ingestion include clothing (often socks and underwear), sticks, bones, corn cobs, champagne corks, food packaging and wrappers, dental floss, hair elastics, and toy stuffing or squeakers.

    During the holidays, the big ones to watch out for are decorations like tinsel, garlands, ribbons, and string. In fact, there is a specific type of very dangerous foreign body ingestion called a Linear Foreign Body, where things like strings or ribbons get lodged anywhere from the tongue down the esophagus and into the stomach and intestines. These linear foreign objects can cause the intestines to bunch and slice through the tissues as the body tries to expel them.

    “Keep a close eye on your pets during the holiday season,” says veterinarian and Trupanion General Manager, Dr. Stephen Rose, BVSc (Hons1) M Infotech CVA ACVCHM. “There’s a lot going on—a lot of distractions for pet parents, and a lot of objects around the house this time of year that look like toys to our pets, so it’s vital to remain vigilant. On special occasions, ensure you’re cleaning up wrapping paper, bows, and ribbons after opening gifts, and when entertaining, keep pets contained and out of the kitchen so they don’t have access to food and bones, and to prevent guests from feeding them things they shouldn’t eat. And if you suspect your pet ate something they shouldn’t have, don’t risk it—reach out to your veterinarian to have them examined to be sure. It’s better to be safe than sorry in these instances.”

    More Foreign Body Ingestion Safety Tips

    • Provide gates and pens to control what areas pet have access to
    • Check toys regularly to ensure they’re still intact
    • Dispose of toys that are coming apart to prevent ingestion of stuffing, strings and squeakers
    • Keep laundry room doors closed to prevent access to laundry baskets and detergent pods
    • Keep bathroom and bedroom doors closed to prevent access to garbage cans and other debris

    About truInsights

    truInsights is a data focused initiative introduced by Trupanion and designed to deliver valuable health-related data and insights to pet parents, veterinarians and pet lovers alike. With over 20 years of pet health data, Trupanion has explored its veterinary invoice data from nearly two million pets and provides details on data trends, as well as prevention tips for keeping our pets safe.

    About Trupanion

    Trupanion is a leader in medical insurance for cats and dogs throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, Puerto Rico and Australia with over 1,000,000 pets currently enrolled. For over two decades, Trupanion has given pet owners peace of mind so they can focus on their pet’s recovery, not financial stress. Trupanion is committed to providing pet parents with the highest value in pet medical insurance with unlimited payouts for the life of their pets. With its patented process, Trupanion is the only North American provider with the technology to pay veterinarians directly in seconds at the time of checkout. Trupanion is listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “TRUP”. The company was founded in 2000 and is headquartered in Seattle, WA. Trupanion policies are issued, in the United States, by its wholly-owned insurance entity American Pet Insurance Company and, in Canada, by Accelerant Insurance Company of Canada. Trupanion Australia is a partnership between Trupanion and Hollard Insurance Company. Policies are sold and administered by Trupanion Managers USA, Inc. (CA license No. 0G22803, NPN 9588590). For more information, please visit trupanion.com.

    Contacts:

    Media: Trupanion Corporate Communications

    Corporate.communications@trupanion.com

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Voters Express Growing Concerns About Deepfake Technology Ahead of 2024 Elections: Global Survey Reveals Rising Fears

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RESTON, Va., Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — As the 2024 U.S. elections approach, a new survey by Regula, a global leader in identity verification solutions, reveals growing voter concerns about hyper-realistic fake content. Many respondents worry that deepfakes could manipulate public opinion, undermine trust in the media, and jeopardize the integrity of election results.

    Given the evolution of AI-generated content into highly sophisticated tools of deception, voters and institutions feel uncertain about the upcoming wave of fake news.

    Image: Regula’s Deepfake Trends study reveals growing fears as deepfakes threaten to distort our perception of reality

    Key highlights from the new “Deepfake Trends 2024” survey include:

    • 33% of U.S. respondents say the media is most at risk from deepfakes, fearing fake news reports and interviews that could mislead the public.
    • 28% of Americans and 34% of Germans worry that deepfakes could directly manipulate political elections, spreading fabricated content designed to influence voter behavior.
    • In Mexico, a stunning 48% of people believe their media is vulnerable to deepfake corruption, the highest among surveyed nations.
    • The threat isn’t limited to elections—35% of U.S. respondents fear that AI-generated content could disrupt courtrooms with fake evidence, a concern shared by 27% of Germans.
    • Interestingly, for Singapore, which recently passed a law banning digitally manipulated content of candidates during elections, the largest concern about deepfakes lies in Healthcare. 35% of respondents worry that deepfakes could impersonate medical professionals or spread false medical advice, potentially leading to harmful health outcomes.
    • In the United Arab Emirates, the biggest concern (34% of respondents) is the use of deepfakes to create fake social media posts, messages, or videos, which could damage personal reputations and relationships.

    “We’ve reached a tipping point where voters and institutions alike can no longer trust what they see or hear. Deepfakes are becoming so sophisticated that we must equip ourselves with the tools and skills needed to detect and combat this new wave of disinformation. It’s crucial to remember that when overwhelmed by information, we often switch to autopilot, making us more vulnerable to manipulation. That’s why building digital literacy is essential—always question what you see, double-check before sharing, and protect your personal data. Strengthen your online security and stay informed on the latest AI developments—this is how we safeguard ourselves,” says Henry Patishman, Executive VP of Identity Verification Solutions at Regula.

    Find more insights on deepfake fraud and businesses in the survey report. Read the full version on our website.

    *The research was initiated by Regula and conducted by Sapio Research in August 2024 using an online survey of 575 business decision-makers across the Financial Services (including Traditional Banking and FinTech), Crypto, Technology, Telecommunications, Aviation, Healthcare, and Law Enforcement sectors. The respondent geography included Germany, Mexico, the UAE, the US, and Singapore.

    About Regula

    Regula is a global developer of forensic devices and identity verification solutions. With our 30+ years of experience in forensic research and the largest library of document templates in the world, we create breakthrough technologies in document and biometric verification. Our hardware and software solutions allow over 1,000 organizations and 80 border control authorities globally to provide top-notch client service without compromising safety, security or speed. Regula was repeatedly named a Representative Vendor in the Gartner® Market Guide for Identity Verification.

    Learn more at http://www.regulaforensics.com.

    Contact:

    Kristina – ks@regulaforensics.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/7fcf6b3b-4ff4-404b-b2be-b36d7925a403

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Global: Liam Payne: the death of a favourite celebrity can be painful – but collective grief can help

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Sam Carr, Reader in Education with Psychology and Centre for Death and Society, University of Bath

    One of my (Sam’s) earliest memories is from 1980, when John Lennon was tragically assassinated. I vividly recall my mother’s reaction upon hearing the news – she put down the phone, overwhelmed with grief.

    Her connection to Lennon, someone she’d never met, was deeply personal. This moment, even though I was only three years old, left a lasting impression and showed me how profound these attachments can be. For my mother, Lennon wasn’t just a famous figure. He represented a significant part of her life and emotions.

    If you’re a One Direction fan, you may be feeling a similar kind of grief over the tragic death of band member Liam Payne. Some fans have described Payne’s loss as akin to “losing a family member” or feeling like they’ve “lost a big part of their childhood”.

    This collective mourning illustrates how deeply ingrained celebrities can become in our lives, not just as entertainers, but as symbols of our personal experiences and memories.

    Olivia, 23, tried to describe her sense of loss to a BBC reporter:

    It was my first feeling of being in love, my first feeling of crushing on a boy, of being excited about boys. I kissed the posters every night. We all did. It felt like you were part of the best club in the world and it’s a huge part of why we bonded together.

    This form of attachment is known as a parasocial relationship, an emotional connection formed with someone who is unaware of the bond. Unlike personal relationships, where both parties contribute to the connection, parasocial relationships allow fans to project idealised traits onto celebrities, unchallenged by reality.

    In this way, celebrities often represent aspirational versions of ourselves or embody significant aspects of our identity. When they die, the emotional experience of grief is not just about the person, but about losing part of that imagined connection.


    No one’s 20s and 30s look the same. You might be saving for a mortgage or just struggling to pay rent. You could be swiping dating apps, or trying to understand childcare. No matter your current challenges, our Quarter Life series has articles to share in the group chat, or just to remind you that you’re not alone.

    Read more from Quarter Life:

    • Chadwick Boseman: why the death of someone young can be harder to handle

    • How to know when it’s time to start therapy

    • Manifesting has a dark side – there are problems with believing our thoughts have so much power


    The death of a beloved celebrity shatters something that feels deeply meaningful, and can leave you grappling with an emotional void. The loss is not just of a public figure, but of a personal connection that may have shaped your identity and sense of belonging.

    This profound sense of grief is often also shared. Following Payne’s sudden death, fans have gathered worldwide, from the UK to the Philippines and Argentina, to sing and mourn at vigils for the star. A similar phenomenon was also observed in September, when Harry Potter fans raised wands at the Wizarding World of Harry Potter theme park in Orlando. They were paying tribute to Maggie Smith, who played the popular character Professor McGonagall in the Harry Potter films, following her death aged 89.

    Collective grief is a common reaction when an influential figure dies. These shared acts of mourning are not only socially significant but also have the power to foster empathy, transforming collective pain and public emotion into meaningful memories of social solidarity and communal strength.

    While fans will mourn their star regardless of age, there’s a stark contrast between the deaths of Smith and Payne. Smith’s passing is generally viewed as a “good” death, marking the end of “a true legend”, while Payne’s death at 31 is seen as “a bad, sad ending”. The way that we grieve celebrities is often connected to their age. When Black Panther star Chadwick Boseman died in 2020 aged 43, it shattered many fans’ sense of hope for the future.

    For many Payne fans, the singer was their “first love”. Falling in love with celebrities, as psychoanalysts like Aldo Carotenuto have argued, elicits a projection of idealised fantasy that becomes interwoven with our vision of the future. This temporal aspect of fandom is rooted in our sense of narrative identity, through which we view life as a continuing book. The death of a young star can powerfully disrupt this plot and leave you grappling with an unresolved chapter in your own story.

    One Direction fans often call themselves “directioners”. Losing a core member of the group has led some directioners to feel this identity is now threatened or altered. The disruption to your sense of identity following the death of a young celebrity that you grew up alongside can be profound. It signifies not only the loss of a cherished part of your past but also serves as a painful reminder of the passage of time and the fragility of life.

    This reality can force you to confront your own mortality, highlighting the finite nature of existence. In times of collective mourning, people reflect on their own lives and aspirations while cherishing the memories and legacies of those they admired.

    Moving forward without them

    Despite the deep pain of grieving, fans often engage in what grief experts call “continuing bonds” – an effort to maintain a connection with the celebrity through memories, tributes or ongoing engagement with their work.

    This bond helps to reestablish a sense of order, providing emotional continuity even in the face of loss. The bonds we form with celebrities are often more meaningful than they first appear. Sociologist Jackie Stacey has examined how memories tied to celebrities can profoundly shape and sustain a sense of meaning throughout our lives.

    From a life course perspective, early experiences with a favourite star can become deeply embedded in your identity, acting as enduring sources of comfort, inspiration and self-expression.

    Though his life has been cut short, the memories and inspiration Payne provided will continue to live on among his fans. As directioners gathered outside the Buenos Aires hotel where he passed away, they sang One Direction songs, including the poignant line: “This is not the end.”

    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. Liam Payne: the death of a favourite celebrity can be painful – but collective grief can help – https://theconversation.com/liam-payne-the-death-of-a-favourite-celebrity-can-be-painful-but-collective-grief-can-help-242039

    MIL OSI – Global Reports –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Disney and Magnite Announce Two-Year Deal Renewal

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Magnite (NASDAQ: MGNI), the largest independent sell-side advertising company, and Disney have announced a two-year deal extension. As the relationship grows into its sixth year, Magnite continues to be Disney’s preferred supply-side technology partner. Disney leverages Magnite’s technology to monetize its ad-supported inventory across the company’s entire portfolio. Magnite facilitates transactions for all 30+ DSPs that Disney works with.

    “Disney is committed to driving automation and executional ease for our clients. With all our streaming inventory available programmatically, Magnite remains a key technology partner supporting Disney’s advertising business,” stated Jamie Power, SVP of Addressable Sales at Disney. “Magnite plays a critical role in allowing buyers to access Disney’s inventory by connecting to more than 30 demand-side platforms in the US and starting to expand globally. In this rapidly evolving marketplace, Magnite consistently scales its capabilities to meet client needs, helping us stay ahead of emerging market trends.”

    With the expanded relationship, Disney will also leverage Magnite to:

    • Execute one-to-one deals with key buyers through Magnite’s ClearLine offering
    • Monetize College Football games on live streams on ESPN
    • Support LATAM expansion in Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru, and Argentina
    • Offer podcast inventory via PMPs, including ESPN and ABC News podcasts

    “We appreciate Disney’s confidence in our long-standing relationship and look forward to working with their team to deliver exceptional advertising experiences across every consumer touchpoint,” said Sean Buckley, Chief Revenue Officer at Magnite. “In addition to our role in enabling Disney’s programmatic transactions, we’re actively innovating in new areas like live streaming to bring added value to our partnership.”

    About Magnite
    We’re Magnite (NASDAQ: MGNI), the world’s largest independent sell-side advertising company. Publishers use our technology to monetize their content across all screens and formats including CTV, online video, display, and audio. The world’s leading agencies and brands trust our platform to access brand-safe, high-quality ad inventory and execute billions of advertising transactions each month. Anchored in bustling New York City, sunny Los Angeles, mile-high Denver, historic London, colorful Singapore, and down under in Sydney, Magnite has offices across North America, EMEA, LATAM, and APAC.

    Media Contact:

    Charlstie Veith
    cveith@magnite.com
    516-300-3569

    Investor Relations
    Nick Kormeluk
    nkormeluk@magnite.com
    949-500-0003

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: ICC reaches arbitration milestone with case 29,000

    Source: International Chamber of Commerce

    Headline: ICC reaches arbitration milestone with case 29,000

    The milestone case involves Brazilian parties from the power and energy sector, governed by Brazilian law, with a tribunal to be seated in Rio de Janeiro. The parties had initially agreed to ad hoc arbitration under the UNCITRAL Rules, with ICC as the appointing authority. They then modified that agreement in favour of arbitration under the ICC Rules of Arbitration. 

    Alexander G. Fessas, Secretary General of the ICC Court and Director of ICC Dispute Resolution Services, said: 

    “When the Secretariat’s São Paolo’s office opened seven years ago, we pledged to provide long-term support to the ever-developing disputes landscape in Brazil and Latin America. We now celebrate the success of that pledge with the registration of our 29,000th case, and the trust parties place in ICC Arbitration.” 

    In 2023, ICC Arbitration involved 80 Brazilian parties (including 12 state-owned entities) in newly registered cases, and the ICC Court confirmed or appointed 60 arbitrators coming from Brazil. Brazil ranks sixth globally in terms of the nationality of parties and arbitrators.  

    Parties from Latin America and the Caribbean account for approximately 15% of all parties in arbitrations registered with ICC. Brazil has traditionally been the leading jurisdiction in Latin America and is the fifth most used seat of arbitration worldwide. In terms of applicable laws in newly registered cases in Latin America, Brazil came second (29 cases), just behind Mexico (35 cases).  

    Same-nationality party disputes represented 29% of the ICC Court’s new caseload in 2023, with 21 cases involving only parties coming from Brazil. This makes Brazil the second top jurisdiction resorting to ICC Arbitration for domestic disputes in 2023. 

    The energy sector traditionally generates the second largest number of ICC cases, slightly behind the construction and engineering sector, accounting for over 20.6% of all new cases registered in 2023. 

    Ana Serra e Moura, Deputy Secretary General of ICC International Court of Arbitration, said: 

    “The registration of the 29,000th case involving Brazilian parties highlights ICC’s consistent growth in Brazil and beyond, in one of the most important industry sectors. It is now time to pause and celebrate the trust of our users and the relentless work of our teams on ensuring that ICC Dispute Resolution Services meet the needs of global business.” 

    Efforts to expand ICC Dispute Resolution Services in Latin America began with the establishment of a dedicated case management team in São Paulo in 2017, following the inauguration of ICC Brazil in 2014. Since then, the ICC Secretariat’s case management team in Brazil has administered over 650 cases, in recent years surpassing 100 cases annually, further solidifying Brazil’s importance in ICC operations.  

    As ICC continues to strengthen its presence in Latin America, key regional developments will be discussed at the upcoming 22nd ICC Miami Conference on International Arbitration from 1 to 3 December 2024, including significant updates from Brazil, Argentina, Mexico, and Ecuador. 

    For an in-depth breakdown of the numbers behind the continued growth of ICC Arbitration in Brazil and Latin America, please visit ICC Dispute Resolution Statistics: 2023 – ICC – International Chamber of Commerce (iccwbo.org) 

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Global: How beef became a marker of American identity

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Hannah Cutting-Jones, Assistant Professor, Department of Global Studies; Director of Food Studies, University of Oregon

    Beef dominates American diets. In 2022, Americans consumed almost 30 billion pounds of beef. Johnrob/E+ via Getty Images

    Beef is one of America’s most beloved foods. In fact, today’s average American eats three hamburgers per week.

    American diets have long revolved around beef. On an 1861 trip to the United States, the English novelist Anthony Trollope marveled that Americans consumed twice as much beef as Englishmen. Through war, industry, development and settlement, America’s love of beef continued. In 2022, the U.S. as a whole consumed almost 30 billion pounds (13.6 billion kilograms) of it, or 21% of the world’s beef supply.

    Beef has also reached iconic status in American culture. As “Slaughterhouse-Five” author Kurt Vonnegut once penned, “Being American is to eat a lot of beef, and boy, we’ve got a lot more beef steak than any other country, and that’s why you ought to be glad you’re an American.”

    In part, the dominance of beef in American cuisine can be traced to settler colonialism, a form of colonization in which settlers claim – and then transform – lands inhabited by Indigenous people. In America, this process centered on the systemic and often violent displacement of Native Americans. Settlers brought with them new cultural norms, including beef-heavy diets that required massive swaths of land for grazing cattle.

    As a food historian, I am interested in how, in the 19th century, the beef industry both propelled and benefited from colonialism, and how these intertwined forces continue to affect our diets, culture and environment today.

    Cattle and cowboys

    Beginning in the 16th century, the first Europeans to settle across the Americas – and later, Australia and New Zealand – brought their livestock with them. A global economy built on appropriated Indigenous territories allowed these nations to become among the highest consumers and producers of meat in the world.

    The United States in particular tied its burgeoning national identity and westward expansion to the settlement and acquisition of cattle-ranching lands. Until 1848, Arizona, California, Texas, Nevada, Utah, western Colorado and New Mexico were part of Mexico and inhabited by numerous tribes, Indigenous cowboys and Mexican ranchers.

    The Mexican-American War, which lasted from 1846-48, led to 525,000 square miles being ceded to the United States – land that became central to American beef production. Gold, discovered in the northern Sierra by 1849, drew hundreds of thousands more settlers to the region.

    The desire for cattle-supporting land played an integral role in the systematic decimation of bison populations, as well. For thousands of years, Native Americans relied on bison for physical and cultural survival. At least 30 million roamed the western United States in 1800; by 1890, 60 million head of cattle had taken their place.

    Beef replaces bison

    It is no coincidence that the rise of an extensive and powerful American beef industry coincided with the near-elimination of bison across the United States.

    Bison populations were already in steep decline by the mid-1800s, but after the Civil War, as industrialization transformed transportation, communication and mass production, the U.S. Army actively encouraged the wholesale slaughter of bison herds.

    In 1875, Philip Sheridan, a general in the U.S. Army, applauded the impact bison hunters could have on the beef industry. Hunters “have done more in the last two years, and will do more in the next year, to settle the vexed Indian question, than the entire regular army has done in the last forty years,” Sheridan said. “They are destroying the Indians’ commissary … (and so) for a lasting peace, let them kill, skin and sell until the buffaloes are exterminated. Then your prairies can be covered with speckled cattle.”

    In 1884, with no hint of irony, the U.S. Department of Indian Affairs constructed a slaughterhouse on the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana and required tribal members to provide the factory’s labor in exchange for its beef.

    By 1888, New York politician and sometimes rancher Theodore Roosevelt described Western stockmen as “the pioneers of civilization,” who with “their daring and adventurousness make the after settlement of the region possible.” Later, during Roosevelt’s presidency – from 1900 to 1908 – the U.S. claimed another 230 million acres of Indigenous lands for public use, further opening the West to ranching and settlement.

    The Union Stock Yards in Chicago, the most modern slaughterhouse of the era, opened on Christmas Day in 1865 and marked a turning point for industrial beef production. No longer delivered “on the hoof” to cities, cattle were now slaughtered in Chicago and sent East as tinned meat or, after the 1870s, in refrigerated railcars.

    Processing over 1 million head of cattle annually at its height, the Union Stock Yards, a global technological marvel and international tourist attraction, symbolized industrial progress and inspired national pride.

    Beef consumption has become part of the American origin myth of rugged individualism.
    pastorscott via Getty Images.

    Where’s the beef?

    By the turn of the 20th century, beef was solidly linked to American identity both at home and globally. In 1900, the average American consumed over 100 pounds of beef per year, almost twice the amount eaten by Americans today.

    Canadian food writer Marta Zaraska argues in her 2021 book “Meathooked” that beef became a key part of the American origin myth of rugged individualism that was emerging at this time. And cowboys, working the grueling cattle drives, came to embody values linked to the frontier: self-reliance, strength and independence.

    Popular for decades as a street food, America’s proudest culinary invention – the hamburger – debuted at the St. Louis World’s Fair in 1904 alongside other novelties such as Dr. Pepper and ice cream.

    After World War II, suburban markets and fast-food chains dominated the American foodscape, where beef burgers reigned supreme. By the end of the century, more people around the globe recognized the golden arches of McDonald’s than the Christian cross.

    At the same time, national programs reinforced food insecurity for Native Americans. In efforts to eventually dissolve reservations and open these lands to private development, for example, in 1952 the U.S. government launched the Voluntary Relocation Program, in which the Bureau of Indian Affairs persuaded many living on reservations to move to cities. The promised well-paying jobs did not materialize, and most of those who relocated traded rural for urban poverty.

    The true cost of a burger

    Plant- and lab-based meat companies are making headway into restaurants and food markets.
    coldsnowstorm/iStock via Getty Images Plus

    Policies encouraging settler colonialism ultimately led to more sedentary lifestyles and a dependence on fast, convenient and processed foods – such as hamburgers – regardless of the individual or environmental costs.

    In recent decades, scientists have warned that industrial meat production, and beef in particular, fuels climate change and leads to deforestation, soil erosion, species extinction, ocean dead zones and high levels of methane emissions. It is also a threat to biodiversity. Nutritionist Diego Rose believes the best way “to reduce your carbon footprint (is to) eat less beef,” a view shared by other sustainability experts.

    As of January 2022, about 10% of Americans over the age of 18 considered themselves vegetarian or vegan. Another recent study found that 47% of American adults are “flexitarians” who eat primarily, but not wholly, plant-based diets.

    At the same time, small-scale farmers and cooperatives are working to restore soil health by reintegrating cows and other grazing animals into sustainable farming practices to produce more high-quality, environmentally friendly meat.

    More encouraging still, tribes in Montana – Blackfeet Nation, Fort Belknap Indian Community, Fort Peck Assiniboine and Sioux Tribes, and South Dakota’s Rosebud Sioux – have reintroduced bison to the northern Great Plains to revive the prairie ecosystem, tackle food insecurity and lessen the impacts of climate change.

    Even so, in the summer of 2024, Americans consumed 375 million hamburgers in celebration of Independence Day – more than any other food.

    Hannah Cutting-Jones does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. How beef became a marker of American identity – https://theconversation.com/how-beef-became-a-marker-of-american-identity-214824

    MIL OSI – Global Reports –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Global: Americans use the Book of Revelation to talk about immigration – and always have

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Yii-Jan Lin, Associate Professor of New Testament and Public Voices Fellow, Yale University

    A French tapestry depicts Saint John the Evangelist gazing at the New Jerusalem. Octave 444 via Wikimedia Commons

    During a campaign speech in Latrobe, Pennsylvania, on Oct. 19, 2024, Donald Trump promised to save the country from immigrants: “I will rescue every town across America that has been invaded and conquered, and we will put these vicious and bloodthirsty criminals in a jail or kick them out of our country.”

    Depicting immigrants as a threat has been a pillar of Trump’s message since 2015. And the types of terms he uses aren’t just disparaging. It might not seem like it, but Trump is continuing a long tradition in American politics: using language shaped by the Bible.

    When the former president says those at the border are “poisoning the blood of our country,” “animals” and “rapists,” his vocabulary mirrors verses from the New Testament. The Book of Revelation, the last book of the Bible, says those kept out of the city of God are “filthy”; they are “dogs and sorcerers and sexually immoral and murderers and idolaters and everyone who loves and practices falsehood.”

    In fact, Americans have been using the Bible for centuries to talk about immigrants, especially those they want to keep out. As a scholar of the Bible and politics, I’ve studied how language from Revelation shaped American ideas about who belongs in the United States – the focus of my book, “Immigration and Apocalypse.”

    The shining city

    The Book of Revelation describes a vision of the end of the world, when the wicked are punished and the good rewarded. It tells the story of God’s enemies, who worship the evil Beast of the Sea, bear his mark on their body and threaten God’s people. Because of their wickedness, they suffer diseases, catastrophes and war until they are finally destroyed in the lake of fire.

    God’s followers, however, enter through the gates of the walls surrounding the New Jerusalem, a holy city that comes down from heaven. God’s chosen people enter through the gates and live in the shining city for eternity.

    18th century evangelists like the English preacher John Wesley urged sinners to take the path of righteousness, toward the New Jerusalem.
    Photo 12/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

    Throughout American history, many of its Christian citizens have imagined themselves as God’s saints in the New Jerusalem. Puritan colonists believed they were establishing God’s kingdom, both metaphorically and literally. Ronald Reagan likened the nation to the New Jerusalem by describing America as a “shining city … built on rocks stronger than oceans, wind-swept, God-blessed, and teeming with people of all kinds living in harmony and peace,” but with city walls and doors.

    Reagan was specifically quoting Puritan John Winthrop, one of the founders of Massachusetts Bay Colony, whose use of the “city on a hill” phrase quotes Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount. But Reagan’s detailed description closely matches that of the New Jerusalem in Revelation 21. Like God’s heavenly city, Reagan’s picture of America also has strong foundations, walls and gates, and people from every nation bringing in tribute.

    Barring the gates

    If people imagine the U.S. as God’s city, then it’s easy also to imagine enemies who want to invade that city. And this is how unwanted immigrants have been depicted through American history: as enemies of God.

    In the 19th century, when virtually all politicians were Protestant, anti-Catholic politicians accused Irish immigrants of bearing the “mark of the Beast” and being loyal to the “Antichrist”: the pope. They claimed that Irish immigrants could form an unholy army against the nation.

    At the turn of the century, “yellow peril” novels against Chinese immigration imagined a heathen horde taking over the U.S. At the end of one such book, China itself is depicted as a satanic “Black Dragon,” forcing its way through “the Golden Gate” of America.

    ‘Uncle Sam’s Farm in Danger’: an 1878 cartoon by G. F. Keller depicts Chinese emigrants fleeing famine.
    The Wasp via Wikimedia Commons

    And all immigrant groups who were unwanted at one time or another have been accused of being “filthy” and diseased, like the enemies of God in Revelation. Italians, Jews, Irish, Chinese and Mexicans were all, at some point, targeted as unhealthy and carrying illness.

    In political cartoons from the turn of the 20th century, Eastern European and Jewish immigrants were depicted as rats, while Chinese immigrants were portrayed as a horde of grasshoppers – echoing imagery from Revelation, where locusts with human faces swarm the Earth. During COVID-19, an event itself considered apocalyptic, xenophobic fear has focused on Asian Americans and migrants at the U.S.-Mexico border.

    This constellation of labels from Revelation – plague-bearing, bestial, invading, sexually corrupt, murderous – has been reused and recycled throughout American history.

    A 1909 political cartoon by S.D. Ehrhart.
    Library of Congress

    ‘Heaven has a wall’

    Trump himself has described immigrants as diseased, “not human,” sexual assaulters, violent and those “who don’t like our religion.”

    Others have more explicitly used images from Revelation to talk about immigration. Pastor Robert Jeffress, who preached at Trump’s 2017 inauguration church service, told viewers on Fox News’ “Fox & Friends,” “God is not against walls, walls are not ‘un-Christian,’ the Bible says even heaven is going to have a wall around it.” The Conservative Political Action Conference held a panel in 2017 titled “If Heaven Has a Gate, A Wall, and Extreme Vetting, Why Can’t America?” There are even bumper stickers that say, “Heaven Has A Wall and Strict Immigration Policy / Hell Has Open Borders.”

    Revelation 21 indeed describes the heavenly New Jerusalem with a massive shining wall, “clear as crystal,” with pearls for gates. Trump, similarly, talks about his “big, beautiful door,” set in a “beautiful,” massive wall that also has to be “see-through.”

    The city of God metaphor has long been a tool for American leaders – both to idealize the nation and to warn against immigration. But the concept of a walled-in city seems increasingly outdated in a digitally connected, global world.

    As migration continues to rise around the world due to climate change and conflict, I’d argue that these metaphors and the attitudes they drive are not just obsolete, but exacerbating crisis.

    Yii-Jan Lin does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. Americans use the Book of Revelation to talk about immigration – and always have – https://theconversation.com/americans-use-the-book-of-revelation-to-talk-about-immigration-and-always-have-240969

    MIL OSI – Global Reports –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: The UK welcomes the unanimous mandate renewal of the Multinational Security Support mission to Haiti: UK statement at the UN Security Council

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Statement by Ambassador James Kariuki, UK Deputy Permanent Representative to the UN, at the UN Security Council meeting on Haiti.

    Location:
    United Nations, New York
    Delivered on:
    23 October 2024 (Transcript of the speech, exactly as it was delivered)

    Thank you President. I thank SRSG Salvador and Executive Director Russell for their briefings. I welcome the participation of the Permanent Representatives of Haiti and Kenya as well as Foreign Minister Álvarez Hill from the Dominican Republic in our meeting today.

    And I would also like to thank Ms. Auguste Ducéna for joining us today. As you and the other briefers made clear, the crisis in Haiti continues to bring unimaginable daily suffering and misery to the Haitian people. This Council remains shocked and appalled by the barbarity and human rights abuses committed by gangs.

    The UK welcomes the unanimous mandate renewal of the Multinational Security Support (MSS) mission to Haiti and pays tribute to Kenya’s leadership. We welcome the deployment of personnel from Kenya, Jamaica and Belize to the MSS as well as the pledged contributions from other nations. The MSS remains vital to supporting Haitian efforts to resolve instability and we commend the initial progress it has made alongside the Haitian National Police. It is important to ensure international security efforts are sustainable and support the Haitian government in addressing the root causes of the crisis. 

    We are also grateful to BINUH for their work to establish coordination between Haitian stakeholders, the MSS, and the international community. The UK has pledged over $6 million to support the deployment of the MSS through strengthening the mission’s human rights compliance framework. We expect the first tranche of funding to be released imminently.

    The Transitional Presidential Council must work together for the benefit of the Haitian people. We urge Haitian political and civil society, with the active participation of women and youth, to seize this opportunity to create the conditions necessary for lasting change.

    President, in a welcome step this Council decided to expand the UN Haiti sanctions designation list and for the first time targeted an individual responsible for financing destabilising gang activity.

    In conclusion, we call on all political actors to work together to address Haiti’s serious challenges and to refrain from acting based on personal or partisan interests. There is a chance to bring the peace and security that the Haitian people need and deserve.

    Updates to this page

    Published 23 October 2024

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Enphase Energy Reports Financial Results for the Third Quarter of 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FREMONT, Calif., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Enphase Energy, Inc. (NASDAQ: ENPH), a global energy technology company and the world’s leading supplier of microinverter-based solar and battery systems, announced today financial results for the third quarter of 2024, which included the summary below from its President and CEO, Badri Kothandaraman.

    We reported quarterly revenue of $380.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, along with 48.1% for non-GAAP gross margin. We shipped 1,731,768 microinverters, or approximately 730.0 megawatts DC, and 172.9 megawatt hours of IQ® Batteries.

    Financial highlights for the third quarter of 2024 are listed below:

    • Quarterly revenue of $380.9 million
    • GAAP gross margin of 46.8%; non-GAAP gross margin of 48.1% with net IRA benefit
    • Non-GAAP gross margin of 38.9%, excluding net IRA benefit of 9.2%
    • GAAP operating income of $49.8 million; non-GAAP operating income of $101.4 million
    • GAAP net income of $45.8 million; non-GAAP net income of $88.4 million
    • GAAP diluted earnings per share of $0.33, non-GAAP diluted earnings per share of $0.65
    • Free cash flow of $161.6 million; ending cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities of $1.77 billion

    Our revenue and earnings for the third quarter of 2024 are provided below, compared with the prior quarter:

    (In thousands, except per share and percentage data)

      GAAP   Non-GAAP
      Q3 2024   Q2 2024   Q3 2023   Q3 2024   Q2 2024   Q3 2023
    Revenue $ 380,873     $ 303,458     $ 551,082     $ 380,873     $ 303,458     $ 551,082  
    Gross margin   46.8 %     45.2 %     47.5 %     48.1 %     47.1 %     48.4 %
    Operating expenses $ 128,383     $ 135,367     $ 144,024     $ 81,612     $ 81,706     $ 99,027  
    Operating income $ 49,788     $ 1,799     $ 117,989     $ 101,411     $ 61,080     $ 167,593  
    Net income $ 45,762     $ 10,833     $ 113,953     $ 88,402     $ 58,824     $ 141,849  
    Basic EPS $ 0.34     $ 0.08     $ 0.84     $ 0.65     $ 0.43     $ 1.04  
    Diluted EPS $ 0.33     $ 0.08     $ 0.80     $ 0.65     $ 0.43     $ 1.02  
                                                   

    Total revenue for the third quarter of 2024 was $380.9 million, compared to $303.5 million in the second quarter of 2024. Our revenue in the United States for the third quarter of 2024 increased approximately 43%, compared to the second quarter of 2024. The increase was due to higher shipments to distributors as inventory returned to normal levels. Our revenue in Europe decreased approximately 15% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to the second quarter of 2024. The decline in revenue was the result of a further softening in European demand.

    Our non-GAAP gross margin was 48.1% in the third quarter of 2024, compared to 47.1% in the second quarter of 2024. Our non-GAAP gross margin, excluding net IRA benefit, was 38.9% in the third quarter of 2024, compared to 41.0% in the second quarter of 2024.

    Our non-GAAP operating expenses were $81.6 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $81.7 million in the second quarter of 2024. Our non-GAAP operating income was $101.4 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $61.1 million in the second quarter of 2024.

    We exited the third quarter of 2024 with $1.77 billion in cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities and generated $170.1 million in cash flow from operations in the third quarter of 2024. Our capital expenditures were $8.5 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.6 million in the second quarter of 2024.

    In the third quarter of 2024, we repurchased 434,947 shares of our common stock at an average price of $114.48 per share for a total of approximately $49.8 million. We also spent approximately $6.3 million dollars by withholding shares to cover taxes for employee stock vesting that reduced the diluted shares by 59,607 shares.

    We shipped 172.9 megawatt hours of IQ Batteries in the third quarter of 2024, compared to 120.2 megawatt hours in the second quarter of 2024. We are now shipping our third generation of IQ Batteries, the IQ® Battery 5P™, to the United States, Puerto Rico, Mexico, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Italy, France, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, and Belgium. More than 9,000 installers worldwide are certified to install our IQ Batteries, compared to more than 7,400 installers worldwide in the second quarter of 2024.

    During the third quarter of 2024, we shipped approximately 1,176,000 microinverters from our contract manufacturing facilities in the United States that we booked for 45X production tax credits. We began shipping IQ8HC™ Microinverters with higher domestic content, produced at our contract manufacturing facilities in the United States. We expect to begin shipping our commercial microinverters, and batteries with higher domestic content, produced at our United States contract manufacturing facilities in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    During the third quarter of 2024, we launched AI-based software that is designed to optimize energy use by integrating solar and consumption forecasting with electricity tariff. This is intended to help consumers maximize savings as energy markets become increasingly complex, such as with dynamic electricity rates in parts of Europe and NEM 3.0 in California. We are gearing up to launch our second-generation IQ® EV charger, the 3-Phase IQ Battery with backup, and the IQ® Balcony Solar Kit all for the European market – pushing the boundaries of innovation. Finally, our fourth-generation energy system, featuring the IQ® Meter Collar, 10 kWh IQ Battery, and enhanced IQ® Combiner, is expected to debut in the United States in early 2025, targeting a substantial reduction in installation costs.

    BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

    On Oct. 16, 2024, Enphase Energy announced that it started shipping IQ8™ Microinverters to support newer, high-powered solar panels in select countries and territories, including the Netherlands, Austria, New Caledonia, and Malta.

    On Oct. 9, 2024, Enphase Energy announced that it is expanding its support for grid services programs – or virtual power plants (VPPs) – in New Hampshire, North Carolina, and California, powered by the new IQ Battery 5P.

    On Oct. 3, 2024, Enphase Energy announced the launch of its IQ8X™ Microinverters in Australia, and that all IQ8 Microinverters activated starting Oct. 1, 2024 in Australia come with an industry-leading 25-year limited warranty, currently the longest standard residential warranty in the Australian market.

    On Sept. 24, 2024, Enphase Energy announced the launch of its most powerful Enphase® Energy System™ to-date, featuring the new IQ Battery 5P and IQ8 Microinverters, for customers in India.

    On Sept. 16, 2024, Enphase Energy announced that it started shipping the IQ Battery 5P in Belgium. Enphase also introduced IQ® Energy Management, its new AI-based energy management software to enable support for dynamic electricity rates and the integration of third-party EV chargers and heat pumps in Belgium.

    On Sept. 10, 2024, Enphase Energy announced initial shipments of IQ8HC Microinverters supplied from contract manufacturing facilities in the United States with higher domestic content than previous models. The microinverters have SKUs with a “DOM” suffix, indicating the increased amount of domestic content.

    On Sept. 4, 2024, Enphase Energy announced a solution for expanding legacy net energy metering (NEM) solar energy systems in California without penalty using new Enphase Energy Systems configurations with IQ® Microinverters, IQ Batteries, and Enphase Power Control.

    On Aug. 27, 2024, Enphase Energy announced the availability of pre-orders for IQ Battery 5Ps produced in the United States. Pre-orders are also available for IQ8HC Microinverters, IQ8P-3P™ Microinverters, and IQ8X Microinverters produced in the United States with higher domestic content.

    On Aug. 19, 2024, Enphase Energy announced that it started shipping the IQ Battery 5P in the Netherlands. Enphase also introduced IQ Energy Management, its new energy management software to enable support for dynamic electricity rates and the integration of third-party EV chargers and heat pumps in the Netherlands.

    On Aug. 8, 2024, Enphase Energy announced the launch of its new North American Charging Standard (NACS) connectors for its entire line of IQ EV Chargers. NACS connectors and charger ports have recently become the industry standard embraced by several major automakers for electric vehicles (EVs).

    On Aug. 5, 2024, Enphase Energy announced that it started shipping IQ8P™ and IQ8HC Microinverters to support newer, high-powered solar panels in select countries throughout the Caribbean.

    On Aug. 1, 2024, Enphase Energy announced that it started shipping IQ8 Microinverters to support newer, high-powered solar modules in select countries throughout Europe, including France, Germany, Spain, Bulgaria, Estonia, Slovakia, and Croatia.

    FOURTH QUARTER 2024 FINANCIAL OUTLOOK

    For the fourth quarter of 2024, Enphase Energy estimates both GAAP and non-GAAP financial results as follows:

    • Revenue to be within a range of $360.0 million to $400.0 million, which includes shipments of 140 to 160 megawatt hours of IQ Batteries
    • GAAP gross margin to be within a range of 47.0% to 50.0% with net IRA benefit
    • Non-GAAP gross margin to be within a range of 49.0% to 52.0% with net IRA benefit and 39.0% to 42.0% excluding net IRA benefit. Non-GAAP gross margin excludes stock-based compensation expense and acquisition related amortization
    • Net IRA benefit to be within a range of $38.0 million to $41.0 million based on estimated shipments of 1,300,000 units of U.S. manufactured microinverters
    • GAAP operating expenses to be within a range of $135.0 million to $139.0 million
    • Non-GAAP operating expenses to be within a range of $81.0 million to $85.0 million, excluding $54.0 million estimated for stock-based compensation expense, acquisition related expenses and amortization

    For 2024, GAAP and non-GAAP annualized effective tax rate with IRA benefit, excluding discrete items, is expected to be within a range of 17.0% to 19.0%.

    Follow Enphase Online

    Use of non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Enphase Energy has presented certain non-GAAP financial measures in this press release. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either exclude or include amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). Reconciliation of each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure can be found in the accompanying tables to this press release. Non-GAAP financial measures presented by Enphase Energy include non-GAAP gross profit, gross margin, operating expenses, income from operations, net income, net income per share (basic and diluted), net IRA benefit, and free cash flow.

    These non-GAAP financial measures do not reflect a comprehensive system of accounting, differ from GAAP measures with the same captions and may differ from non-GAAP financial measures with the same or similar captions that are used by other companies. In addition, these non-GAAP measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the amounts associated with Enphase Energy’s results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. As such, these non-GAAP measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Enphase Energy uses these non-GAAP financial measures to analyze its operating performance and future prospects, develop internal budgets and financial goals, and to facilitate period-to-period comparisons. Enphase Energy believes that these non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of its operations that, when viewed with its GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting its business.

    As presented in the “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” tables below, each of the non-GAAP financial measures excludes one or more of the following items for purposes of calculating non-GAAP financial measures to facilitate an evaluation of Enphase Energy’s current operating performance and a comparison to its past operating performance:

    Stock-based compensation expense. Enphase Energy excludes stock-based compensation expense from its non-GAAP measures primarily because they are non-cash in nature. Moreover, the impact of this expense is significantly affected by Enphase Energy’s stock price at the time of an award over which management has limited to no control.

    Acquisition related expenses and amortization. This item represents expenses incurred related to Enphase Energy’s business acquisitions, which are non-recurring in nature, and amortization of acquired intangible assets, which is a non-cash expense. Acquisition related expenses and amortization of acquired intangible assets are not reflective of Enphase Energy’s ongoing financial performance.

    Restructuring and asset impairment charges. Enphase Energy excludes restructuring and asset impairment charges due to the nature of the expenses being unusual and arising outside the ordinary course of continuing operations. These costs primarily consist of fees paid for cash-based severance costs and asset write-downs of property and equipment and acquired intangible assets, and other contract termination costs resulting from restructuring initiatives.

    Non-cash interest expense. This item consists primarily of amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount because these expenses do not represent a cash outflow for Enphase Energy except in the period the financing was secured and such amortization expense is not reflective of Enphase Energy’s ongoing financial performance.

    Non-GAAP income tax adjustment. This item represents the amount adjusted to Enphase Energy’s GAAP tax provision or benefit to exclude the income tax effects of GAAP adjustments such as stock-based compensation, amortization of purchased intangibles, and other non-recurring items that are not reflective of Enphase Energy ongoing financial performance.

    Non-GAAP net income per share, diluted. Enphase Energy excludes the dilutive effect of in-the-money portion of convertible senior notes as they are covered by convertible note hedge transactions that reduce potential dilution to our common stock upon conversion of the Notes due 2025, Notes due 2026, and Notes due 2028, and includes the dilutive effect of employee’s stock-based awards and the dilutive effect of warrants. Enphase Energy believes these adjustments provide useful supplemental information to the ongoing financial performance.

    Net IRA benefit. This item represents the advanced manufacturing production tax credit (AMPTC) from the IRA for manufacturing microinverters in the United States, partially offset by the incremental manufacturing cost incurred in the United States relative to manufacturing in Mexico, India, and China. The AMPTC is accounted for by Enphase Energy as an income-based government grants that reduces cost of revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

    Free cash flow. This item represents net cash flows from operating activities less purchases of property and equipment.

    Conference Call Information

    Enphase Energy will host a conference call for analysts and investors to discuss its third quarter 2024 results and fourth quarter 2024 business outlook today at 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time (1:30 p.m. Pacific Time). The call is open to the public by dialing (833) 634-5018. A live webcast of the conference call will also be accessible from the “Investor Relations” section of Enphase Energy’s website at https://investor.enphase.com. Following the webcast, an archived version will be available on the website for approximately one year. In addition, an audio replay of the conference call will be available by calling (877) 344-7529; replay access code 2677879, beginning approximately one hour after the call.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements, including statements related to Enphase Energy’s expectations as to its fourth quarter of 2024 financial outlook, including revenue, shipments of IQ Batteries by megawatt hours, gross margin with net IRA benefit and excluding net IRA benefit, estimated shipments of U.S. manufactured microinverters, operating expenses, and annualized effective tax rate with IRA benefit; its expectations regarding the expected net IRA benefit; its expectations on the timing and introduction of new products and updates to existing products; its expectations for global capacity of microinverters; its ability to support grid services in new locations; the ability of its AI-based software to help consumers maximize savings as energy markets become increasingly complex; and the capabilities, advantages, features, and performance of its technology and products. These forward-looking statements are based on Enphase Energy’s current expectations and inherently involve significant risks and uncertainties. Enphase Energy’s actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain risks and uncertainties including those risks described in more detail in its most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and other documents on file with the SEC from time to time and available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Enphase Energy undertakes no duty or obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this release as a result of new information, future events or changes in its expectations, except as required by law.

    A copy of this press release can be found on the investor relations page of Enphase Energy’s website at https://investor.enphase.com.

    About Enphase Energy, Inc.

    Enphase Energy, a global energy technology company based in Fremont, CA, is the world’s leading supplier of microinverter-based solar and battery systems that enable people to harness the sun to make, use, save, and sell their own power—and control it all with a smart mobile app. The company revolutionized the solar industry with its microinverter-based technology and builds all-in-one solar, battery, and software solutions. Enphase has shipped approximately 78.0 million microinverters, and over 4.5 million Enphase-based systems have been deployed in more than 160 countries. For more information, visit https://enphase.com/.

    © 2024 Enphase Energy, Inc. All rights reserved. Enphase Energy, Enphase, the “e” logo, IQ, IQ8, and certain other marks listed at https://enphase.com/trademark-usage-guidelines are trademarks or service marks of Enphase Energy, Inc. Other names are for informational purposes and may be trademarks of their respective owners.

    Contact:

    Zach Freedman
    Enphase Energy, Inc.
    Investor Relations
    ir@enphaseenergy.com

    ENPHASE ENERGY, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (In thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net revenues $ 380,873     $ 303,458     $ 551,082     $ 947,670     $ 1,988,216  
    Cost of revenues   202,702       166,292       289,069       516,825       1,076,490  
    Gross profit   178,171       137,166       262,013       430,845       911,726  
    Operating expenses:                  
    Research and development   47,843       48,871       54,873       150,925       172,045  
    Sales and marketing   49,671       51,775       55,357       154,753       178,383  
    General and administrative   30,192       33,550       33,794       98,924       104,456  
    Restructuring and asset impairment charges   677       1,171       —       3,755       870  
    Total operating expenses   128,383       135,367       144,024       408,357       455,754  
    Income from operations   49,788       1,799       117,989       22,488       455,972  
    Other income, net                  
    Interest income   19,977       19,203       19,669       58,889       49,235  
    Interest expense   (2,237 )     (2,220 )     (2,196 )     (6,653 )     (6,571 )
    Other income (expense), net   (16,785 )     (7,566 )     1,883       (24,264 )     2,276  
    Total other income, net   955       9,417       19,356       27,972       44,940  
    Income before income taxes   50,743       11,216       137,345       50,460       500,912  
    Income tax provision   (4,981 )     (383 )     (23,392 )     (9,962 )     (82,895 )
    Net income $ 45,762     $ 10,833     $ 113,953     $ 40,498     $ 418,017  
    Net income per share:                  
    Basic $ 0.34     $ 0.08     $ 0.84     $ 0.30     $ 3.06  
    Diluted $ 0.33     $ 0.08     $ 0.80     $ 0.30     $ 2.92  
    Shares used in per share calculation:                  
    Basic   135,329       135,646       136,165       135,621       136,491  
    Diluted   139,914       136,123       143,863       136,236       145,081  
                                           
    ENPHASE ENERGY, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
     
      September 30, 
    2024
      December 31, 
    2023
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 256,325   $ 288,748
    Marketable securities   1,510,299     1,406,286
    Accounts receivable, net   232,225     445,959
    Inventory   158,837     213,595
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   203,195     88,930
    Total current assets   2,360,881     2,443,518
    Property and equipment, net   148,444     168,244
    Operating lease, right of use asset, net   28,120     19,887
    Intangible assets, net   51,152     68,536
    Goodwill   214,292     214,562
    Other assets   185,448     215,895
    Deferred tax assets, net   275,854     252,370
    Total assets $ 3,264,191   $ 3,383,012
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $ 112,417   $ 116,164
    Accrued liabilities   189,819     261,919
    Deferred revenues, current   129,556     118,300
    Warranty obligations, current   35,755     36,066
    Debt, current   99,931     —
    Total current liabilities   567,478     532,449
    Long-term liabilities:      
    Deferred revenues, non-current   354,210     369,172
    Warranty obligations, non-current   148,477     153,021
    Other liabilities   62,392     51,008
    Debt, non-current   1,200,261     1,293,738
    Total liabilities   2,332,818     2,399,388
    Total stockholders’ equity   931,373     983,624
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 3,264,191   $ 3,383,012
               
    ENPHASE ENERGY, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 
    2024
      June 30, 
    2024
      September 30, 
    2023
      September 30, 
    2024
      September 30, 
    2023
    Cash flows from operating activities:                  
    Net income $ 45,762     $ 10,833     $ 113,953     $ 40,498     $ 418,017  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                  
    Depreciation and amortization   20,103       20,484       19,448       60,724       53,867  
    Net amortization (accretion) of premium (discount) on marketable securities   (2,904 )     (1,030 )     5,094       (1,109 )     (12,611 )
    Provision for doubtful accounts   2,704       1,897       653       4,471       1,282  
    Asset impairment   17,568       6,241       903       24,141       903  
    Non-cash interest expense   2,173       2,157       2,114       6,462       6,254  
    Net loss (gain) from change in fair value of debt securities   741       1,931       (1,910 )     1,730       (5,408 )
    Stock-based compensation   45,940       52,757       43,814       159,530       157,635  
    Deferred income taxes   (5,276 )     (14,076 )     (11,499 )     (27,644 )     (38,295 )
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                  
    Accounts receivable   49,414       82,183       (34,752 )     208,956       (118,249 )
    Inventory   17,231       31,825       (8,003 )     54,758       (24,406 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   (64,149 )     (42,810 )     (15,383 )     (117,856 )     (57,376 )
    Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities   32,088       (23,944 )     9,903       (58,140 )     117,128  
    Warranty obligations   7,053       15       8,151       (4,855 )     57,420  
    Deferred revenues   1,690       (1,401 )     13,369       (5,265 )     105,169  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   170,138       127,062       145,855       346,401       661,330  
    Cash flows from investing activities:                  
    Purchases of property and equipment   (8,533 )     (9,636 )     (23,848 )     (25,540 )     (90,326 )
    Purchases of marketable securities   (319,190 )     (300,053 )     (470,766 )     (1,091,511 )     (1,743,674 )
    Maturities and sale of marketable securities   215,241       282,063       494,804       994,677       1,406,608  
    Investments in private companies   —       —       (15,000 )     —       (15,000 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (112,482 )     (27,626 )     (14,810 )     (122,374 )     (442,392 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:                  
    Partial settlement of convertible notes   (5 )     —       —       (7 )     —  
    Repurchase of common stock   (49,794 )     (99,908 )     (110,000 )     (191,698 )     (310,000 )
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee equity plans   14       6,769       719       7,969       1,315  
    Payment of withholding taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards   (6,286 )     (7,473 )     (8,465 )     (73,801 )     (93,100 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (56,071 )     (100,612 )     (117,746 )     (257,537 )     (401,785 )
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   2,638       (374 )     (1,900 )     1,087       (322 )
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   4,223       (1,550 )     11,399       (32,423 )     (183,169 )
    Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of period   252,102       253,652       278,676       288,748       473,244  
    Cash and cash equivalents —End of period $ 256,325     $ 252,102     $ 290,075     $ 256,325     $ 290,075  
                                           
    ENPHASE ENERGY, INC.
    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (In thousands, except per share data and percentages)
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 
    2024
      June 30, 
    2024
      September 30, 
    2023
      September 30, 
    2024
      September 30, 
    2023
    Gross profit (GAAP) $ 178,171     $ 137,166     $ 262,013     $ 430,845     $ 911,726  
    Stock-based compensation   2,948       3,730       2,708       10,860       9,775  
    Acquisition related amortization   1,904       1,890       1,899       5,685       5,686  
    Gross profit (Non-GAAP) $ 183,023     $ 142,786     $ 266,620     $ 447,390     $ 927,187  
                       
    Gross margin (GAAP)   46.8 %     45.2 %     47.5 %     45.5 %     45.9 %
    Stock-based compensation   0.8       1.3       0.6       1.1       0.5  
    Acquisition related amortization   0.5       0.6       0.3       0.6       0.2  
    Gross margin (Non-GAAP)   48.1 %     47.1 %     48.4 %     47.2 %     46.6 %
                       
    Operating expenses (GAAP) $ 128,383     $ 135,367     $ 144,024     $ 408,357     $ 455,754  
    Stock-based compensation(1)   (42,992 )     (49,027 )     (41,106 )     (148,670 )     (147,860 )
    Acquisition related expenses and amortization   (3,102 )     (3,463 )     (3,891 )     (10,027 )     (11,429 )
    Restructuring and asset impairment charges   (677 )     (1,171 )     —       (3,755 )     (901 )
    Operating expenses (Non-GAAP) $ 81,612     $ 81,706     $ 99,027     $ 245,905     $ 295,564  
                       
    (1)Includes stock-based compensation as follows:                  
    Research and development $ 19,790     $ 20,210     $ 19,285     $ 64,550     $ 64,528  
    Sales and marketing   14,237       16,784       13,297       49,199       49,231  
    General and administrative   8,965       12,033       8,524       34,921       34,101  
    Total $ 42,992     $ 49,027     $ 41,106     $ 148,670     $ 147,860  
                       
    Income from operations (GAAP) $ 49,788     $ 1,799     $ 117,989     $ 22,488     $ 455,972  
    Stock-based compensation   45,940       52,757       43,814       159,530       157,635  
    Acquisition related expenses and amortization   5,006       5,353       5,790       15,712       17,115  
    Restructuring and asset impairment charges   677       1,171       —       3,755       901  
    Income from operations (Non-GAAP) $ 101,411     $ 61,080     $ 167,593     $ 201,485     $ 631,623  
                       
    Net income (GAAP) $ 45,762     $ 10,833     $ 113,953     $ 40,498     $ 418,017  
    Stock-based compensation   45,940       52,757       43,814       159,530       157,635  
    Acquisition related expenses and amortization   5,006       5,353       5,790       15,712       17,115  
    Restructuring and asset impairment charges   677       1,171       —       3,755       901  
    Non-cash interest expense   2,173       2,157       2,114       6,462       6,254  
    Non-GAAP income tax adjustment   (11,156 )     (13,447 )     (23,822 )     (30,775 )     (61,413 )
    Net income (Non-GAAP) $ 88,402     $ 58,824     $ 141,849     $ 195,182     $ 538,509  
                       
    Net income per share, basic (GAAP) $ 0.34     $ 0.08     $ 0.84     $ 0.30     $ 3.06  
    Stock-based compensation   0.34       0.39       0.32       1.17       1.15  
    Acquisition related expenses and amortization   0.04       0.04       0.04       0.12       0.13  
    Restructuring and asset impairment charges   0.01       0.01       —       0.03       0.01  
    Non-cash interest expense   0.02       0.02       0.02       0.05       0.04  
    Non-GAAP income tax adjustment   (0.10 )     (0.11 )     (0.18 )     (0.23 )     (0.44 )
    Net income per share, basic (Non-GAAP) $ 0.65     $ 0.43     $ 1.04     $ 1.44     $ 3.95  
                       
    Shares used in basic per share calculation GAAP and Non-GAAP   135,329       135,646       136,165       135,621       136,491  
                       
    Net income per share, diluted (GAAP) $ 0.33     $ 0.08     $ 0.80     $ 0.30     $ 2.92  
    Stock-based compensation   0.33       0.38       0.32       1.17       1.17  
    Acquisition related expenses and amortization   0.04       0.04       0.04       0.12       0.12  
    Restructuring and asset impairment charges   0.01       0.01       —       0.03       0.01  
    Non-cash interest expense   0.02       0.02       0.02       0.05       0.04  
    Non-GAAP income tax adjustment   (0.08 )     (0.10 )     (0.16 )     (0.24 )     (0.40 )
    Net income per share, diluted (Non-GAAP)(2) $ 0.65     $ 0.43     $ 1.02     $ 1.43     $ 3.86  
                       
    Shares used in diluted per share calculation GAAP   139,914       136,123       143,863       136,236       145,081  
    Shares used in diluted per share calculation Non-GAAP   135,839       136,123       138,535       136,236       139,753  
                       
    Income-based government grants (GAAP) $ 46,552     $ 24,329     $ 18,532     $ 89,498     $ 20,583  
    Incremental cost for manufacturing in U.S.   (11,396 )     (5,950 )     (4,085 )     (22,228 )     (4,491 )
    Net IRA benefit (Non-GAAP) $ 35,156     $ 18,379     $ 14,447     $ 67,270     $ 16,092  
                       
    Net cash provided by operating activities (GAAP) $ 170,138     $ 127,062     $ 145,855     $ 346,401     $ 661,330  
    Purchases of property and equipment   (8,533 )     (9,636 )     (23,848 )     (25,540 )     (90,326 )
    Free cash flow (Non-GAAP) $ 161,605     $ 117,426     $ 122,007     $ 320,861     $ 571,004  
                                           

    (2) Calculation of non-GAAP diluted net income per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 excludes convertible Notes due 2023 interest expense, net of tax of less than $0.1 million from non-GAAP net income.

    This press release was published by a CLEAR® Verified individual.

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: National Bank Holdings Corporation Announces Third Quarter 2024 Financial Results and Increase to Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DENVER, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — National Bank Holdings Corporation (NYSE: NBHC) reported:

                                   
        For the quarter(1)   For the year(1)
        3Q24   2Q24   3Q23   2024   2023
    Net income ($000’s)   $ 33,105     $ 26,135     $ 36,087     $ 90,631     $ 108,927  
    Earnings per share – diluted   $ 0.86     $ 0.68     $ 0.94     $ 2.36     $ 2.85  
    Return on average assets     1.32 %     1.06 %     1.46 %     1.22 %     1.50 %
    Return on average tangible assets(2)     1.43 %     1.17 %     1.58 %     1.33 %     1.61 %
    Return on average equity     10.33 %     8.46 %     12.26 %     9.70 %     12.71 %
    Return on average tangible common equity(2)     14.84 %     12.44 %     18.38 %     14.14 %     18.81 %

                                                          

    (1 )   Ratios are annualized.
    (2 )   See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
           

    In announcing these results, Chief Executive Officer Tim Laney shared, “We delivered quarterly earnings of $0.86 per diluted share and a return on average tangible common equity of 14.84%. On the strength of our balance sheet, capital position and earnings, we are pleased to announce a 3.6% increase in our quarterly dividend to $0.29 per share. During the quarter, our disciplined approach to loan and deposit pricing drove 11 basis points of net interest margin expansion to 3.87%. Our teams delivered solid quarterly growth in our core banking fees, and we continued to leverage our diverse revenue streams across our franchise resulting in meaningful year-to-date fee income growth.”

    Mr. Laney added, “We continue to remain vigilant in monitoring our loan portfolio, delivering the lowest non-performing loan ratio since early 2023. Our teams adhere to prudent, disciplined approaches that limit concentrations in our loan book and our depositor base, and we regularly perform robust stress testing on our loan portfolio. We enter the fourth quarter from a position of strength and stability and expect to finish the year strong. We believe our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 12.88%, ample liquidity position, and diversified funding sources provide optionality for future growth.”

    Third Quarter 2024 Results
    (All comparisons refer to the second quarter of 2024, except as noted)

    Net income increased $7.0 million or 26.7% to $33.1 million or $0.86 per diluted share, compared to $26.1 million or $0.68 per diluted share. The quarter’s increase was driven by net interest income and fee income growth. Included in the prior quarter was $3.9 million of impairment related to venture capital investments. Fully taxable equivalent pre-provision net revenue increased $7.5 million or 20.6% to $43.7 million. The return on average tangible assets increased 26 basis points to 1.43%, and the return on average tangible common equity increased 240 basis points to 14.84%.

    Net Interest Income
    Fully taxable equivalent net interest income increased $4.2 million to $89.5 million, driven by a $74.7 million increase in average interest earning assets, a 12 basis point increase in average loan yields and one extra day in the quarter. The fully taxable equivalent net interest margin widened 11 basis points to 3.87%, driven by a 13 basis point increase in earning asset yields which was partially offset by a two basis point increase in the cost of funds.

    Loans
    Loans totaled $7.7 billion at September 30, 2024, consistent with the prior quarter. We generated quarterly loan fundings totaling $359.3 million, led by commercial loan fundings of $219.1 million. The average interest rate on the third quarter’s loan originations was 8.5%.

    Asset Quality and Provision for Credit Losses
    The Company recorded $2.0 million of provision expense for credit losses, compared to $2.8 million in the prior quarter. The current quarter’s provision expense was primarily driven by higher reserve requirements from changes in the CECL model’s underlying economic forecast. Annualized net charge-offs decreased four basis points to 0.18% of average total loans and included the resolution of one previously reserved credit during the quarter. Non-performing loans decreased three basis points to 0.31% of total loans at September 30, 2024, and non-performing assets decreased four basis points to 0.32% of total loans and OREO at September 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.23% at September 30, 2024, compared to 1.25% in the prior quarter.

    Deposits
    Average total deposits increased $21.3 million to $8.4 billion during the third quarter 2024. The loan to deposit ratio totaled 90.8% at September 30, 2024. Average transaction deposits (defined as total deposits less time deposits) totaled $7.4 billion, consistent with the prior quarter. The mix of transaction deposits to total deposits was 88% at September 30, 2024, consistent with June 30, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income
    Non-interest income increased $4.4 million to $18.4 million driven by increases in our diversified sources of fee revenue. Service charges increased $0.6 million, swap fee income increased $0.3 million and trust fee income increased $0.1 million. These increases were partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in mortgage banking income. Included in the prior quarter was $3.9 million of impairment related to venture capital investments.

    Non-Interest Expense
    Non-interest expense totaled $64.2 million during the third quarter, compared to $63.1 million in the prior quarter. Salaries and benefits increased $0.4 million driven by one additional payroll day in the quarter. Professional fees increased $0.4 million and data processing increased $0.3 million driven by our continued investments in technology. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in occupancy and equipment of $0.4 million. The fully taxable equivalent efficiency ratio, excluding other intangible assets amortization, improved 387 basis points to 57.7% for the third quarter.

    Income tax expense increased $1.2 million to $6.8 million, compared to $5.6 million in the prior quarter, due to the third quarter’s higher pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was 17.0%, compared to 17.7% for the second quarter.

    Capital
    Capital ratios continue to be strong and in excess of federal bank regulatory agency “well capitalized” thresholds. The tier 1 leverage ratio totaled 10.44%, and the common equity tier 1 capital ratio totaled 12.88% at September 30, 2024. Shareholders’ equity totaled $1.3 billion at September 30, 2024, increasing $44.4 million. The third quarter’s net income drove $22.2 million of growth in retained earnings, and changes in the interest rate environment led to a $17.9 million improvement in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

    Common book value per share increased $1.09 to $34.01 at September 30, 2024. Tangible common book value per share increased $1.17 to $24.91 as this quarter’s earnings and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss outpaced the quarterly dividend.

    Dividend Announcement
    The quarterly cash dividend will increase 3.6% from $0.28 per share to $0.29 per share. The dividend will be payable on December 13, 2024 to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 29, 2024. This is the eighth consecutive semiannual increase to the quarterly dividend since early 2021.

    Year-Over-Year Review
    (All comparisons refer to the first nine months of 2023, except as noted)

    Net income totaled $90.6 million, or $2.36 per diluted share, compared to net income of $108.9 million, or $2.85 per diluted share, for the first nine months of 2023. The decrease over the same period prior year was largely driven by lower net interest income, due to an increase in cost of funds outpacing the increase in interest income. Partially offsetting this decrease was a 4.7% increase in non-interest income driven by our diversified sources of fee revenue. Fully taxable equivalent pre-provision net revenue totaled $120.5 million, compared to $144.9 million. The return on average tangible assets totaled 1.33%, compared to 1.61%, and the return on average tangible common equity was 14.14%, compared to 18.81%.

    Fully taxable equivalent net interest income totaled $260.5 million, compared to $276.9 million. Average earning assets increased $165.0 million, including average loan growth of $296.4 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in average investment securities of $70.2 million. The fully taxable equivalent net interest margin narrowed 32 basis points to 3.80%, as the increase in earning asset yields was more than offset by an increase in the cost of funds. Average interest bearing liabilities increased $555.3 million due to higher deposit balances, and the cost of funds totaled 2.31%, compared to 1.40% in the same period prior year.

    Loans outstanding totaled $7.7 billion, increasing $236.1 million or 3.2%. New loan fundings over the trailing twelve months totaled $1.5 billion, led by commercial loan fundings of $1.0 billion.  

    The Company recorded $4.8 million of provision expense for credit losses for the first nine months of 2024, compared to provision expense of $3.7 million in the same period prior year. Annualized net charge-offs totaled 0.13% of average total loans during the first nine months of 2024, compared to 0.02% of average total loans during the first nine months of 2023. Non-performing loans decreased 13 basis points to 0.31% of total loans at September 30, 2024, and non-performing assets decreased 17 basis points to 0.32% of total loans and OREO at September 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.23% at September 30, 2024, compared to 1.25% at September 30, 2023.

    Average total deposits increased $418.6 million or 5.3% to $8.3 billion, and average transaction deposits increased $369.2 million or 5.3%. The mix of transaction deposits to total deposits was 88%, consistent with September 30, 2023.

    Non-interest income totaled $50.1 million, an increase of $2.3 million or 4.7%, driven by increases in our diversified sources of fee revenue. Other non-interest income increased $5.2 million, or 63.6%, and included increases in SBA loan income, trust income, Cambr income and swap fee income. Mortgage banking income decreased $2.7 million as the sustained higher-interest rate environment has lowered mortgage volume.

    Non-interest expense totaled $190.1 million, an increase of $10.2 million or 5.7%, largely due to ongoing investments in technology. Salaries and benefits increased $7.6 million, occupancy and equipment increased $2.4 million and data processing increased $2.3 million. Other intangible assets amortization increased $0.6 million due to our Cambr acquisition in April of 2023. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $2.5 million in professional fees.

    Income tax expense totaled $19.9 million, a decrease of $7.9 million from the same period prior year, driven by lower pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was 18.0% for the first nine months of 2024, compared to 20.3%.

    Conference Call
    Management will host a conference call to review the results at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on Wednesday, October 23, 2024. Interested parties may listen to this call by dialing (888) 204-4368 using the participant passcode of 3279876 and asking for the NBHC Q3 2024 Earnings Call. The earnings release and a link to the replay of the call will be available on the Company’s website at http://www.nationalbankholdings.com by visiting the investor relations area.

    About National Bank Holdings Corporation
    National Bank Holdings Corporation is a bank holding company created to build a leading community bank franchise, delivering high quality client service and committed to stakeholder results. Through its bank subsidiaries, NBH Bank and Bank of Jackson Hole Trust, National Bank Holdings Corporation operates a network of over 90 banking centers, serving individual consumers, small, medium and large businesses, and government and non-profit entities. Its banking centers are located in its core footprint of Colorado, the greater Kansas City region, Utah, Wyoming, Texas, New Mexico and Idaho. Its comprehensive residential mortgage banking group primarily serves the bank’s core footprint. Its trust and wealth management business is operated in its core footprint under the Bank of Jackson Hole Trust charter. NBH Bank operates under a single state charter through the following brand names as divisions of NBH Bank: in Colorado, Community Banks of Colorado and Community Banks Mortgage; in Kansas and Missouri, Bank Midwest and Bank Midwest Mortgage; in Texas, Utah, New Mexico and Idaho, Hillcrest Bank and Hillcrest Bank Mortgage; and in Wyoming, Bank of Jackson Hole and Bank of Jackson Hole Mortgage. Additional information about National Bank Holdings Corporation can be found at http://www.nationalbankholdings.com. 

    For more information visit: cobnks.com, bankmw.com, hillcrestbank.com, bankofjacksonhole.com, or nbhbank.com, or connect with any of our brands on LinkedIn.

    About Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    Certain of the financial measures and ratios we present, including “tangible assets,” “return on average tangible assets,” “tangible common equity,” “return on average tangible common equity,” “tangible common book value per share,” “tangible common book value, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax,” “tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax,” “tangible common equity to tangible assets,” “non-interest expense excluding other intangible assets amortization,” “efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization,” “net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax,” “pre-provision net revenue,” and “fully taxable equivalent” metrics, are supplemental measures that are not required by, or are not presented in accordance with, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We refer to these financial measures and ratios as “non-GAAP financial measures.” We consider the use of select non-GAAP financial measures and ratios to be useful for financial and operational decision making and useful in evaluating period-to-period comparisons. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance by excluding certain expenditures or assets that we believe are not indicative of our primary business operating results or by presenting certain metrics on a fully taxable equivalent basis. We believe that management and investors benefit from referring to these non-GAAP financial measures in assessing our performance and when planning, forecasting, analyzing and comparing past, present and future periods.

    These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP and you should not rely on non-GAAP financial measures alone as measures of our performance. The non-GAAP financial measures we present may differ from non-GAAP financial measures used by our peers or other companies. We compensate for these limitations by providing the equivalent GAAP measures whenever we present the non-GAAP financial measures and by including a reconciliation of the impact of the components adjusted for in the non-GAAP financial measure so that both measures and the individual components may be considered when analyzing our performance. A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures is included at the end of the financial statement tables.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “predict,” “seek,” “potential,” “will,” “estimate,” “target,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “intend” or similar expressions that relate to the Company’s strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements involve certain important risks, uncertainties and other factors, any of which could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Such factors include, without limitation, the “Risk Factors” referenced in our most recent Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in our reports and documents filed with the SEC, and the following factors: the impact of potential regulatory changes to capital requirements, treatment of investment securities and FDIC deposit insurance levels and costs; our ability to execute our business strategy, including our digital strategy, as well as changes in our business strategy or development plans; business and economic conditions; effects of any potential government shutdowns; economic, market, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with the Company’s business, including increased competition for deposits due to prevailing market interest rates and banking sector volatility; effects of any changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board; changes imposed by regulatory agencies to increase capital standards; effects of inflation, as well as interest rate, securities market and monetary supply fluctuations; changes in the economy or supply-demand imbalances affecting local real estate values; changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits; changes in the fair value of our investment securities due to market conditions outside of our control; financial or reputational impacts associated with the increased prevalence of fraud or other financial crimes; with respect to our mortgage business, the inability to negotiate fees with investors for the purchase of our loans or our obligation to indemnify purchasers or repurchase related loans if the loans fail to meet certain criteria, or higher rate of delinquencies and defaults as a result of the geographic concentration of our servicing portfolio; the Company’s ability to identify potential candidates for, obtain regulatory approval for, and consummate, integrate and realize operating efficiencies from, acquisitions, consolidations and other expansion opportunities; our ability to integrate acquisitions or consolidations and to achieve synergies, operating efficiencies and/or other expected benefits within expected timeframes, or at all, or within expected cost projections, and to preserve the goodwill of acquired financial institutions; the Company’s ability to realize anticipated benefits from enhancements or updates to its core operating systems from time to time without significant change in client service or risk to the Company’s control environment; the Company’s dependence on information technology and telecommunications systems of third-party service providers and the risk of systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security, including those that could result in disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary client or other information; the Company’s ability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the competition for, and composition of, such growth; changes in sources and uses of funds; increased competition in the financial services industry; regulatory and financial impacts associated with the Company growing to over $10 billion in consolidated assets; increases in claims and litigation related to our fiduciary responsibilities in connection with our trust and wealth management business; the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and other accounting standard setters; the share price of the Company’s stock; the Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets or the need for a valuation allowance, or the effects of changes in tax laws on our deferred tax assets; the effects of tax legislation, including the potential of future increases to prevailing tax rules, or challenges to our positions; continued consolidation in the financial services industry; ability to maintain or increase market share and control expenses; costs and effects of changes in laws and regulations and of other legal and regulatory developments, including, but not limited to, changes in regulation that affect the fees that we charge, the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other government inquiries, and the results of regulatory examinations, reviews or other inquiries, and changes in regulations that apply to us as a Colorado state-chartered bank and a Wyoming state-chartered bank; technological changes, including with respect to the advancement of artificial intelligence; the timely development and acceptance of new products and services, including in the digital technology space our digital solution 2UniFi; changes in our management personnel and the Company’s continued ability to attract, hire and maintain qualified personnel; ability to implement and/or improve operational management and other internal risk controls and processes and reporting system and procedures; regulatory limitations on dividends from our bank subsidiaries; changes in estimates of future credit reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements; financial, reputational, or strategic risks associated with our investments in financial technology companies and initiatives; widespread natural and other disasters, pandemics, dislocations, political instability, acts of war or terrorist activities, cyberattacks or international hostilities through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties specifically; a cybersecurity incident, data breach or a failure of a key information technology system; impact of reputational risk; other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in the Company’s reports and documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items. The Company can give no assurance that any goal or plan or expectation set forth in forward-looking statements can be achieved and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this press release, and the Company does not intend, and assumes no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law.

    Contacts:
    Analysts/Institutional Investors:
    Emily Gooden, Chief Accounting Officer and Investor Relations Director, (720) 554-6640, ir@nationalbankholdings.com
    Nicole Van Denabeele, Chief Financial Officer, (720) 529-3370, ir@nationalbankholdings.com

    Media:
    Jody Soper, Chief Marketing Officer, (303) 784-5925, Jody.Soper@nbhbank.com 

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    FINANCIAL SUMMARY
    Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

                                 
      For the three months ended   For the nine months ended
      September 30,       June 30,       September 30,       September 30,       September 30, 
      2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Total interest and dividend income $ 138,003   $ 132,447   $ 126,110   $ 402,182   $ 360,712
    Total interest expense   50,350     48,873     38,333     146,925     88,262
    Net interest income   87,653     83,574     87,777     255,257     272,450
    Taxable equivalent adjustment   1,816     1,711     1,575     5,220     4,432
    Net interest income FTE(1)   89,469     85,285     89,352     260,477     276,882
    Provision expense for credit losses   2,000     2,776     1,125     4,776     3,725
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses FTE(1)   87,469     82,509     88,227     255,701     273,157
    Non-interest income:                            
    Service charges   4,912     4,295     4,849     13,598     13,394
    Bank card fees   4,832     4,882     4,993     14,292     14,721
    Mortgage banking income   2,981     3,296     4,688     8,932     11,614
    Other non-interest income   5,664     1,556     4,835     13,290     8,124
    Total non-interest income   18,389     14,029     19,365     50,112     47,853
    Non-interest expense:                            
    Salaries and benefits   37,331     36,933     35,027     110,784     103,231
    Occupancy and equipment   9,697     10,120     9,167     29,758     27,366
    Professional fees   2,111     1,706     2,215     5,463     7,951
    Data processing   4,398     4,117     3,546     12,581     10,257
    Other non-interest expense   8,648     8,222     8,640     25,523     25,693
    Other intangible assets amortization   1,977     1,977     2,008     5,962     5,378
    Total non-interest expense   64,162     63,075     60,603     190,071     179,876
                                 
    Income before income taxes FTE(1)   41,696     33,463     46,989     115,742     141,134
    Taxable equivalent adjustment   1,816     1,711     1,575     5,220     4,432
    Income before income taxes   39,880     31,752     45,414     110,522     136,702
    Income tax expense   6,775     5,617     9,327     19,891     27,775
    Net income $ 33,105   $ 26,135   $ 36,087   $ 90,631   $ 108,927
    Earnings per share – basic $ 0.86   $ 0.68   $ 0.95   $ 2.37   $ 2.87
    Earnings per share – diluted   0.86     0.68     0.94     2.36     2.85

                                                          

    (1 )      Net interest income is presented on a GAAP basis and fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis, as the Company believes this non-GAAP measure is the preferred industry measurement for this item. The FTE adjustment is for the tax benefit on certain tax exempt loans using the federal tax rate of 21% for each period presented.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

                           
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024      December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023
    ASSETS                      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 180,796     $ 144,993     $ 190,826     $ 291,291  
    Investment securities available-for-sale   708,987       691,076       628,829       620,445  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity   538,157       554,686       585,052       600,501  
    Non-marketable securities   72,353       72,987       90,477       87,817  
    Loans   7,714,495       7,722,153       7,698,758       7,478,438  
    Allowance for credit losses   (95,047 )     (96,457 )     (97,947 )     (93,446 )
    Loans, net   7,619,448       7,625,696       7,600,811       7,384,992  
    Loans held for sale   16,765       18,787       18,854       19,048  
    Other real estate owned   1,432       1,526       4,088       3,416  
    Premises and equipment, net   191,889       177,456       162,733       153,553  
    Goodwill   306,043       306,043       306,043       306,043  
    Intangible assets, net   60,390       62,356       66,025       68,283  
    Other assets   297,023       315,245       297,326       330,894  
    Total assets $ 9,993,283     $ 9,970,851     $ 9,951,064     $ 9,866,283  
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                      
    Liabilities:                      
    Non-interest bearing demand deposits $ 2,268,801     $ 2,229,432     $ 2,361,367     $ 2,483,174  
    Interest bearing demand deposits   1,407,667       1,420,942       1,480,042       1,358,445  
    Savings and money market   3,768,211       3,703,810       3,367,012       3,314,895  
    Total transaction deposits   7,444,679       7,354,184       7,208,421       7,156,514  
    Time deposits   1,052,449       1,022,741       981,970       992,494  
    Total deposits   8,497,128       8,376,925       8,190,391       8,149,008  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   19,517       19,465       19,627       20,273  
    Long-term debt   54,433       54,356       54,200       54,123  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   —       35,000       340,000       316,770  
    Other liabilities   130,208       237,461       134,039       162,524  
    Total liabilities   8,701,286       8,723,207       8,738,257       8,702,698  
    Shareholders’ equity:                      
    Common stock   515       515       515       515  
    Additional paid in capital   1,164,395       1,161,804       1,162,269       1,160,706  
    Retained earnings   491,849       469,630       433,126       410,243  
    Treasury stock   (302,277 )     (303,880 )     (306,702 )     (307,026 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax   (62,485 )     (80,425 )     (76,401 )     (100,853 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   1,291,997       1,247,644       1,212,807       1,163,585  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 9,993,283     $ 9,970,851     $ 9,951,064     $ 9,866,283  
    SHARE DATA                      
    Average basic shares outstanding   38,277,042       38,210,869       38,013,791       37,990,659  
    Average diluted shares outstanding   38,495,091       38,372,777       38,162,538       38,134,338  
    Ending shares outstanding   37,988,364       37,899,453       37,784,851       37,739,776  
    Common book value per share $ 34.01     $ 32.92     $ 32.10     $ 30.83  
    Tangible common book value per share(1) (non-GAAP)   24.91       23.74       22.77       21.43  
    Tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss(1) (non-GAAP)   26.56       25.86       24.79       24.10  
    CAPITAL RATIOS                      
    Average equity to average assets   12.80 %     12.57 %     11.97 %     11.93 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets(1)   9.81 %     9.35 %     8.96 %     8.50 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   10.44 %     10.20 %     9.74 %     9.56 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   12.88 %     12.41 %     11.89 %     11.61 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   12.88 %     12.41 %     11.89 %     11.61 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   14.79 %     14.32 %     13.80 %     13.49 %

                                                          

    (1 )      Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Loan Portfolio
    (Dollars in thousands)

    Period End Loan Balances by Type

                             
              September 30, 2024       September 30, 2024
              vs. June 30, 2024       vs. September 30, 2023
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   % Change   September 30, 2023   % Change
    Originated:                        
    Commercial:                        
    Commercial and industrial $ 1,894,830   $ 1,906,095   (0.6 )%   $ 1,784,188   6.2 %
    Municipal and non-profit   1,096,843     1,063,706   3.1 %     1,012,967   8.3 %
    Owner-occupied commercial real estate   949,330     921,122   3.1 %     827,679   14.7 %
    Food and agribusiness   257,743     248,401   3.8 %     258,609   (0.3 )%
    Total commercial   4,198,746     4,139,324   1.4 %     3,883,443   8.1 %
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   1,113,796     1,116,424   (0.2 )%     1,026,133   8.5 %
    Residential real estate   933,644     923,313   1.1 %     897,804   4.0 %
    Consumer   13,600     14,385   (5.5 )%     16,700   (18.6 )%
    Total originated   6,259,786     6,193,446   1.1 %     5,824,080   7.5 %
                             
    Acquired:                        
    Commercial:                        
    Commercial and industrial   116,683     124,104   (6.0 )%     156,012   (25.2 )%
    Municipal and non-profit   282     288   (2.1 )%     305   (7.5 )%
    Owner-occupied commercial real estate   221,928     232,890   (4.7 )%     247,701   (10.4 )%
    Food and agribusiness   43,733     48,061   (9.0 )%     61,551   (28.9 )%
    Total commercial   382,626     405,343   (5.6 )%     465,569   (17.8 )%
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   720,384     752,040   (4.2 )%     787,926   (8.6 )%
    Residential real estate   349,916     369,003   (5.2 )%     398,187   (12.1 )%
    Consumer   1,783     2,321   (23.2 )%     2,676   (33.4 )%
    Total acquired   1,454,709     1,528,707   (4.8 )%     1,654,358   (12.1 )%
    Total loans $ 7,714,495   $ 7,722,153   (0.1 )%   $ 7,478,438   3.2 %
                                 

    Loan Fundings(1)

                                 
      Third quarter   Second quarter   First quarter   Fourth quarter   Third quarter
      2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Commercial:                            
    Commercial and industrial $ 93,711   $ 241,910   $ 53,978     $ 135,954   $ 89,297
    Municipal and non-profit   35,677     28,785     14,564       79,650     18,657
    Owner occupied commercial real estate   70,517     102,615     35,128       75,631     67,322
    Food and agribusiness   19,205     11,040     (7,204 )     10,646     16,191
    Total commercial   219,110     384,350     96,466       301,881     191,467
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   91,809     83,184     73,789       107,738     88,434
    Residential real estate   47,322     36,124     29,468       48,925     42,514
    Consumer   1,010     1,547     234       1,849     1,689
    Total $ 359,251   $ 505,205   $ 199,957     $ 460,393   $ 324,104

                                                          

    (1 )      Loan fundings are defined as closed end funded loans and net fundings under revolving lines of credit. Net fundings (paydowns) under revolving lines of credit were $16,302, $19,281, ($59,523), $16,954 and ($12,877) for the periods noted in the table above, respectively.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Summary of Net Interest Margin
    (Dollars in thousands)

                                                           
        For the three months ended   For the three months ended   For the three months ended
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average               Average      Average               Average      Average               Average
        balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate
    Interest earning assets:                                                      
    Originated loans FTE(1)(2)   $ 6,251,827     $ 108,403     6.90 %   $ 6,074,199     $ 101,794     6.74 %   $ 5,803,157     $ 92,813     6.35 %
    Acquired loans     1,487,002       22,660     6.06 %     1,541,576       23,464     6.12 %     1,671,595       26,115     6.20 %
    Loans held for sale     18,078       319     7.02 %     16,862       318     7.59 %     22,154       383     6.86 %
    Investment securities available-for-sale     790,268       5,132     2.60 %     802,830       5,101     2.54 %     761,892       3,783     1.99 %
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     548,120       2,344     1.71 %     564,818       2,419     1.71 %     611,712       2,685     1.76 %
    Other securities     26,213       405     6.18 %     25,093       377     6.01 %     39,115       701     7.17 %
    Interest earning deposits     70,946       556     3.12 %     92,388       685     2.98 %     130,239       1,205     3.67 %
    Total interest earning assets FTE(2)   $ 9,192,454     $ 139,819     6.05 %   $ 9,117,766     $ 134,158     5.92 %   $ 9,039,864     $ 127,685     5.60 %
    Cash and due from banks   $ 86,887                 $ 100,165                 $ 104,308              
    Other assets     777,758                   771,475                   737,568              
    Allowance for credit losses     (96,369 )                 (97,741 )                 (92,831 )            
    Total assets   $ 9,960,730                 $ 9,891,665                 $ 9,788,909              
    Interest bearing liabilities:                                                      
    Interest bearing demand, savings and money market deposits   $ 5,134,650     $ 40,146     3.11 %   $ 5,109,924     $ 39,681     3.12 %   $ 4,535,183     $ 27,211     2.38 %
    Time deposits     1,039,563       9,220     3.53 %     1,015,371       8,536     3.38 %     992,755       6,212     2.48 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     17,146       5     0.12 %     17,449       5     0.12 %     19,288       6     0.12 %
    Long-term debt     54,383       519     3.80 %     54,307       518     3.84 %     54,074       519     3.81 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     32,641       460     5.61 %     9,505       133     5.63 %     316,723       4,385     5.49 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   $ 6,278,383     $ 50,350     3.19 %   $ 6,206,556     $ 48,873     3.17 %   $ 5,918,023     $ 38,333     2.57 %
    Demand deposits   $ 2,226,807                 $ 2,254,454                 $ 2,553,619              
    Other liabilities     180,667                   187,499                   149,068              
    Total liabilities     8,685,857                   8,648,509                   8,620,710              
    Shareholders’ equity     1,274,873                   1,243,156                   1,168,199              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 9,960,730                 $ 9,891,665                 $ 9,788,909              
    Net interest income FTE(2)         $ 89,469               $ 85,285               $ 89,352      
    Interest rate spread FTE(2)                 2.86 %                 2.75 %                 3.03 %
    Net interest earning assets   $ 2,914,071                 $ 2,911,210                 $ 3,121,841              
    Net interest margin FTE(2)                 3.87 %                 3.76 %                 3.92 %
    Average transaction deposits   $ 7,361,457                 $ 7,364,378                 $ 7,088,802              
    Average total deposits     8,401,020                   8,379,749                   8,081,557              
    Ratio of average interest earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities     146.41 %                 146.91 %                 152.75 %            

                                                          

    (1 )      Originated loans are net of deferred loan fees, less costs, which are included in interest income over the life of the loan.
    (2 )      Presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory tax rate of 21%. The tax equivalent adjustments included above are $1,816, $1,711 and $1,575 for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Summary of Net Interest Margin
    (Dollars in thousands)

                                   
      For the nine months ended September 30, 2024   For the nine months ended September 30, 2023
      Average              Average   Average              Average
      balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate
    Interest earning assets:                              
    Originated loans FTE(1)(2) $ 6,124,757     $ 311,112   6.79 %   $ 5,656,309     $ 258,528   6.11 %
    Acquired loans   1,546,482       70,413   6.08 %     1,718,523       79,526   6.19 %
    Loans held for sale   15,661       862   7.35 %     23,494       1,189   6.77 %
    Investment securities available-for-sale   781,454       14,336   2.45 %     786,087       11,655   1.98 %
    Investment securities held-to-maturity   563,975       7,277   1.72 %     629,507       8,364   1.77 %
    Other securities   28,771       1,398   6.48 %     46,480       2,513   7.21 %
    Interest earning deposits   84,920       2,004   3.15 %     120,633       3,369   3.73 %
    Total interest earning assets FTE(2) $ 9,146,020     $ 407,402   5.95 %   $ 8,981,033     $ 365,144   5.44 %
    Cash and due from banks $ 96,510               $ 110,902            
    Other assets   768,521                 724,305            
    Allowance for credit losses   (97,327 )               (91,110 )          
    Total assets $ 9,913,724               $ 9,725,130            
    Interest bearing liabilities:                              
    Interest bearing demand, savings and money market deposits $ 5,064,386     $ 116,240   3.07 %   $ 4,197,603     $ 55,070   1.75 %
    Time deposits   1,015,081       25,340   3.33 %     965,750       14,545   2.01 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   17,839       16   0.12 %     19,863       17   0.11 %
    Long-term debt   54,307       1,555   3.82 %     53,997       1,555   3.85 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   89,918       3,774   5.61 %     449,060       17,075   5.08 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities $ 6,241,531     $ 146,925   3.14 %   $ 5,686,273     $ 88,262   2.08 %
    Demand deposits $ 2,253,986               $ 2,751,537            
    Other liabilities   170,005                 141,110            
    Total liabilities   8,665,522                 8,578,920            
    Shareholders’ equity   1,248,202                 1,146,210            
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 9,913,724               $ 9,725,130            
    Net interest income FTE(2)       $ 260,477             $ 276,882    
    Interest rate spread FTE(2)             2.81 %               3.36 %
    Net interest earning assets $ 2,904,489               $ 3,294,760            
    Net interest margin FTE(2)             3.80 %               4.12 %
    Average transaction deposits $ 7,318,372               $ 6,949,140            
    Average total deposits   8,333,453                 7,914,890            
    Ratio of average interest earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities   146.53 %               157.94 %          

                                                          

    (1 )      Originated loans are net of deferred loan fees, less costs, which are included in interest income over the life of the loan.
    (2 )      Presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory tax rate of 21%. The tax equivalent adjustments included above are $5,220 and $4,432 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Allowance for Credit Losses and Asset Quality
    (Dollars in thousands)

    Allowance for Credit Losses Analysis

                     
      As of and for the three months ended
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Beginning allowance for credit losses $ 96,457     $ 97,607     $ 92,581  
    Charge-offs   (3,505 )     (4,605 )     (540 )
    Recoveries   95       499       280  
    Provision expense for credit losses   2,000       2,956       1,125  
    Ending allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) $ 95,047     $ 96,457     $ 93,446  
    Ratio of annualized net charge-offs to average total loans during the period   0.18 %     0.22 %     0.01 %
    Ratio of ACL to total loans outstanding at period end   1.23 %     1.25 %     1.25 %
    Ratio of ACL to total non-performing loans at period end   403.68 %     370.18 %     281.36 %
    Total loans $ 7,714,495     $ 7,722,153     $ 7,478,438  
    Average total loans during the period   7,714,765       7,582,506       7,443,869  
    Total non-performing loans   23,545       26,057       33,212  
                           

    Past Due and Non-accrual Loans

                     
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Loans 30-89 days past due and still accruing interest $ 31,253     $ 27,159     $ 8,144  
    Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest   9,509       3,498       154  
    Non-accrual loans   23,545       26,057       33,212  
    Total past due and non-accrual loans $ 64,307     $ 56,714     $ 41,510  
    Total 90 days past due and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans to total loans   0.43 %     0.38 %     0.45 %
                           

    Asset Quality Data

                     
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Non-performing loans $ 23,545     $ 26,057     $ 33,212  
    OREO   1,432       1,526       3,416  
    Total non-performing assets $ 24,977     $ 27,583     $ 36,628  
    Total non-performing loans to total loans   0.31 %     0.34 %     0.44 %
    Total non-performing assets to total loans and OREO   0.32 %     0.36 %     0.49 %
                           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Key Metrics(1)

                                 
      As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
      September 30,    June 30,    September 30,    September 30,    September 30, 
      2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Return on average assets   1.32 %     1.06 %     1.46 %     1.22 %     1.50 %
    Return on average tangible assets(2)   1.43 %     1.17 %     1.58 %     1.33 %     1.61 %
    Return on average equity   10.33 %     8.46 %     12.26 %     9.70 %     12.71 %
    Return on average tangible common equity(2)   14.84 %     12.44 %     18.38 %     14.14 %     18.81 %
    Loan to deposit ratio (end of period)   90.79 %     92.18 %     91.77 %     90.79 %     91.77 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits (end of period)   26.70 %     26.61 %     30.47 %     26.70 %     30.47 %
    Net interest margin(3)   3.79 %     3.69 %     3.85 %     3.73 %     4.06 %
    Net interest margin FTE(2)(3)   3.87 %     3.76 %     3.92 %     3.80 %     4.12 %
    Interest rate spread FTE(4)   2.86 %     2.75 %     3.03 %     2.81 %     3.36 %
    Yield on earning assets(5)   5.97 %     5.84 %     5.53 %     5.87 %     5.37 %
    Yield on earning assets FTE(2)(5)   6.05 %     5.92 %     5.60 %     5.95 %     5.44 %
    Cost of interest bearing liabilities   3.19 %     3.17 %     2.57 %     3.14 %     2.08 %
    Cost of deposits   2.34 %     2.31 %     1.64 %     2.27 %     1.18 %
    Non-interest income to total revenue FTE(9)   17.05 %     14.13 %     17.81 %     16.13 %     14.74 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets   2.56 %     2.56 %     2.46 %     2.56 %     2.47 %
    Efficiency ratio   60.51 %     64.62 %     56.56 %     62.24 %     56.16 %
    Efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization FTE(2)   57.65 %     61.52 %     53.90 %     59.28 %     53.74 %
    Pre-provision net revenue $ 41,880     $ 34,528     $ 46,539     $ 115,298     $ 140,427  
    Pre-provision net revenue FTE(2)   43,696       36,239       48,114       120,518       144,859  
                                 
    Total Loans Asset Quality Data(6)(7)(8)                            
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.31 %     0.34 %     0.44 %     0.31 %     0.44 %
    Non-performing assets to total loans and OREO   0.32 %     0.36 %     0.49 %     0.32 %     0.49 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.23 %     1.25 %     1.25 %     1.23 %     1.33 %
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans   403.68 %     370.18 %     281.36 %     403.68 %     281.36 %
    Net charge-offs to average loans   0.18 %     0.22 %     0.01 %     0.13 %     0.02 %

                                                          

    (1 )      Ratios are annualized.
    (2 )      Ratio represents non-GAAP financial measure. See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
    (3 )   Net interest margin represents net interest income, including accretion income on interest earning assets, as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
    (4 )      Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest earning assets, including FTE income, and the weighted average cost of interest bearing liabilities. Ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
    (5 )   Interest earning assets include assets that earn interest/accretion or dividends. Any market value adjustments on investment securities or loans are excluded from interest earning assets.
    (6 )   Non-performing loans consist of non-accruing loans and modified loans on non-accrual.
    (7 )   Non-performing assets include non-performing loans and other real estate owned.
    (8 )   Total loans are net of unearned discounts and fees.
    (9 )   Non-interest income to total revenue represents non-interest income divided by the sum of net interest income FTE and non-interest income. Ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

    Tangible Common Book Value Ratios

                             
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024      December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023
    Total shareholders’ equity   $ 1,291,997     $ 1,247,644     $ 1,212,807     $ 1,163,585  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (358,754 )     (360,732 )     (364,716 )     (366,724 )
    Add: deferred tax liability related to goodwill     13,203       12,871       12,208       11,876  
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 946,446     $ 899,783     $ 860,299     $ 808,737  
                             
    Total assets   $ 9,993,283     $ 9,970,851     $ 9,951,064     $ 9,866,283  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (358,754 )     (360,732 )     (364,716 )     (366,724 )
    Add: deferred tax liability related to goodwill     13,203       12,871       12,208       11,876  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,647,732     $ 9,622,990     $ 9,598,556     $ 9,511,435  
                             
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets calculations:                        
    Total shareholders’ equity to total assets     12.93 %     12.51 %     12.19 %     11.79 %
    Less: impact of goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (3.12 )%     (3.16 )%     (3.23 )%     (3.29 )%
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)     9.81 %     9.35 %     8.96 %     8.50 %
                             
    Tangible common book value per share calculations:                        
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 946,446     $ 899,783     $ 860,299     $ 808,737  
    Divided by: ending shares outstanding     37,988,364       37,899,453       37,784,851       37,739,776  
    Tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 24.91     $ 23.74     $ 22.77     $ 21.43  
                             
    Tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss calculations:                        
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 946,446     $ 899,783     $ 860,299     $ 808,737  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     62,485       80,425       76,401       100,853  
    Tangible common book value, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (non-GAAP)     1,008,931       980,208       936,700       909,590  
    Divided by: ending shares outstanding     37,988,364       37,899,453       37,784,851       37,739,776  
    Tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (non-GAAP)   $ 26.56     $ 25.86     $ 24.79     $ 24.10  
                                     

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
    Return on Average Tangible Assets and Return on Average Tangible Equity

                                   
        As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
        September 30,       June 30,       September 30,       September 30,       September 30, 
        2024      2024      2023      2024      2023
    Net income   $ 33,105     $ 26,135     $ 36,087     $ 90,631     $ 108,927  
    Add: impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax     1,517       1,516       1,541       4,575       4,128  
    Net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax (non-GAAP)   $ 34,622     $ 27,651     $ 37,628     $ 95,206     $ 113,055  
                                   
    Average assets   $ 9,960,730     $ 9,891,665     $ 9,788,909     $ 9,913,724     $ 9,725,130  
    Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability related to goodwill     (346,757 )     (349,030 )     (356,083 )     (348,717 )     (342,826 )
    Average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,613,973     $ 9,542,635     $ 9,432,826     $ 9,565,007     $ 9,382,304  
                                   
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 1,274,873     $ 1,243,156     $ 1,168,199     $ 1,248,202     $ 1,146,210  
    Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability related to goodwill     (346,757 )     (349,030 )     (356,083 )     (348,717 )     (342,826 )
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 928,116     $ 894,126     $ 812,116     $ 899,485     $ 803,384  
                                   
    Return on average assets     1.32 %     1.06 %     1.46 %     1.22 %     1.50 %
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)     1.43 %     1.17 %     1.58 %     1.33 %     1.61 %
    Return on average equity     10.33 %     8.46 %     12.26 %     9.70 %     12.71 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)     14.84 %     12.44 %     18.38 %     14.14 %     18.81 %
                                             

    Fully Taxable Equivalent Yield on Earning Assets and Net Interest Margin

                                   
        As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
        September 30,    June 30,    September 30,    September 30,    September 30, 
        2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Interest income   $ 138,003        $ 132,447        $ 126,110        $ 402,182     $ 360,712  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,816       1,711       1,575       5,220       4,432  
    Interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 139,819     $ 134,158     $ 127,685     $ 407,402     $ 365,144  
                                   
    Net interest income   $ 87,653     $ 83,574     $ 87,777     $ 255,257     $ 272,450  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,816       1,711       1,575       5,220       4,432  
    Net interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 89,469     $ 85,285     $ 89,352     $ 260,477     $ 276,882  
                                   
    Average earning assets   $ 9,192,454     $ 9,117,766     $ 9,039,864     $ 9,146,020     $ 8,981,033  
    Yield on earning assets     5.97 %     5.84 %     5.53 %     5.87 %     5.37 %
    Yield on earning assets FTE (non-GAAP)     6.05 %     5.92 %     5.60 %     5.95 %     5.44 %
    Net interest margin     3.79 %     3.69 %     3.85 %     3.73 %     4.06 %
    Net interest margin FTE (non-GAAP)     3.87 %     3.76 %     3.92 %     3.80 %     4.12 %
                                             

    Efficiency Ratio and Pre-Provision Net Revenue

                                   
        As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
           September 30,       June 30,       September 30,       September 30,       September 30, 
           2024      2024      2023      2024      2023
    Net interest income   $ 87,653     $ 83,574     $ 87,777     $ 255,257     $ 272,450  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,816       1,711       1,575       5,220       4,432  
    Net interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 89,469     $ 85,285     $ 89,352     $ 260,477     $ 276,882  
                                   
    Non-interest income   $ 18,389     $ 14,029     $ 19,365     $ 50,112     $ 47,853  
                                   
    Non-interest expense   $ 64,162     $ 63,075     $ 60,603     $ 190,071     $ 179,876  
    Less: other intangible assets amortization     (1,977 )     (1,977 )     (2,008 )     (5,962 )     (5,378 )
    Non-interest expense excluding other intangible assets amortization (non-GAAP)   $ 62,185     $ 61,098     $ 58,595     $ 184,109     $ 174,498  
                                   
    Efficiency ratio     60.51 %     64.62 %     56.56 %     62.24 %     56.16 %
    Efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization FTE (non-GAAP)     57.65 %     61.52 %     53.90 %     59.28 %     53.74 %
    Pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP)   $ 41,880     $ 34,528     $ 46,539     $ 115,298     $ 140,427  
    Pre-provision net revenue, FTE (non-GAAP)     43,696       36,239       48,114       120,518       144,859  

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: India to Develop Roadmap Post-20% Ethanol Blending Target, Says Minister Hardeep Singh Puri at G-STIC Conference

    Source: Government of India

    India to Develop Roadmap Post-20% Ethanol Blending Target, Says Minister Hardeep Singh Puri at G-STIC Conference

    Shri Puri Highlights Importance of Addressing Energy Trilemma: Balancing Affordability, Availability, and Sustainability

    Outlines Role of Ujjwala Scheme in Providing Affordable LPG to Economically Weaker Sections of Society

    Posted On: 22 OCT 2024 6:31PM by PIB Delhi

    Addressing the 7th G-STIC Delhi Conference on “Accelerating Technologies Solutions for the SDGs,” Shri Hardeep Singh Puri, Minister of Petroleum and Natural Gas, articulated India’s evolving journey towards sustainable energy solutions. Highlighting the potential for these technological advancements to be replicated across the Global South, Shri Puri provided insights into the complexities of energy transitions within democratic frameworks, emphasizing that there is no clear answer to whether these transitions are inherently easier or more difficult in democracies.

     

    The 7th G-STIC (Global Sustainable Technology and Innovation Community) Conference organized by TERI and VITO along with the support of eight other not-for-profit independent technology research institutes, is being hosted in India for the first time. The Conference will deliberate on challenges under the umbrella theme “Harmonizing Technology, Policy and Business Pathways for Sustainable Future and Coexistence”.

    Speaking at the inaugural session of the Conference, Shri Hardeep Singh Puri discussed the critical trilemma that democratically elected governments face globally: balancing affordability, availability, and sustainability in energy policy. He pointed out that as global energy demand rises, India’s own energy consumption is projected to increase significantly—from 5.4 million barrels per day today to an anticipated 7 million barrels per day by 2030. This growing demand positions India as a major contributor to global energy consumption, with projections indicating that 25% of the increase in global energy demand over the next two decades will originate from India alone.

    Affordability remains a primary concern in addressing this energy transition. The Minister emphasized the government’s commitment to research and development, citing innovative solutions such as hydrogen fuel cell technology being piloted in public transport. Currently, India is operating 15 hydrogen-powered buses, which are still in the demonstration phase. These initiatives reflect a broader vision for sustainable transport solutions that can contribute to reducing the carbon footprint.

    A highlight of the address was the substantial progress made in ethanol blending, which has surged from just 1.53% in 2013-14 to 16% today. This achievement has prompted the government to advance its blending target of 20% from 2030 to 2025, showcasing a proactive approach to energy sustainability. Shri Puri noted that discussions have already begun to establish a roadmap for sustainable energy solutions beyond the 20% blending target, indicating a forward-thinking strategy that anticipates future energy needs.

    The Minister stressed the need for addressing the energy requirements of developing nations, particularly in the Global South, where many countries rely heavily on energy imports. He expressed confidence that the success of India’s ethanol initiatives could serve as a model for these regions, although he acknowledged that unlike Brazil, India lacks the luxury of abundant arable land for biofuel production. Nevertheless, he emphasized the potential for innovative biofuel strategies to alleviate import dependency while addressing local energy needs.

    The Minister also highlighted the transformative impact of the Ujjwala scheme, launched in 2016, which has significantly expanded access to cooking gas. The number of cylinder connections has increased from 140 million to 330 million, providing clean cooking fuels to economically weaker sections of society. This initiative, along with other social schemes of Government, has played a crucial role in lifting approximately 250 million people out of multidimensional poverty under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership.

    In his concluding remarks, Shri Hardeep Singh Puri focused on the potential of green hydrogen as a game-changer for India’s energy landscape. He outlined the importance of local demand, production, and consumption in making green hydrogen a viable energy source. The key challenge remains in reducing the cost of production, and he called for ongoing innovation and scaling of technology in this sector.

    ****

    MN

    (Release ID: 2067112) Visitor Counter : 24

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Kaine, Colleagues Urge President Biden to Protect Undersea Cables from China, Russia

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Virginia Tim Kaine
    WASHINGTON, D.C. – U.S. Senator Tim Kaine (D-VA), a member of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, joined a bipartisan group of colleagues in sending a letter to President Biden expressing concerns about the security of the global network of undersea communications and energy cables upon which American workers and businesses rely.
    More than 95% of international internet traffic travels via these undersea cables, resulting in trillions of dollars in financial transactions each day. The locations of these cables are often openly published to prevent accidental damage.
    As American companies look to expand and invest in this critical infrastructure, it is imperative that the United States has a complete understanding of existing vulnerabilities, especially those that impact our economic and national security.
    “America’s adversaries have been developing their capabilities to attack or disrupt critical undersea infrastructure. There is a long tradition, dating back well over a century, of belligerents attacking their opponents’ underwater communications lines in the first phase of a conflict,” the senators wrote. “Given these threats and challenges, it is imperative that the United States undertake a review of existing vulnerabilities to global undersea cable infrastructure, including the threat of sabotage by Russia as well as the growing role of the People’s Republic of China in cable laying and repair. If we are truly to deepen vital commercial and security relationships with willing partners and allies, this must be a national priority.”
    In addition to Kaine, U.S. Senators Todd Young (R-IN), Chris Murphy (D-CT), Marco Rubio (R-FL), Pete Ricketts (R-NE), Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH), Dan Sullivan (R-AK), and Brian Schatz (D-HI) also signed the letter.
    Read the full text of the letter to President Biden here and below:
    Dear Mr. President: 
    We write to you to express our concern about the security of global undersea communications and energy cables, especially those that impact America’s economic and national security and that of our allies and partners. As you are well aware, more than 95% of international internet traffic travels via undersea cables, including trillions of dollars in financial transactions each day. Moreover, the exact locations of most of these cables are openly published in order to reduce the likelihood of accidental damage from ships’ anchors or fishing activities. Internet and telecommunications providers, including American firms, intend to invest billions of dollars in expanding the global network of undersea communications cables. Additionally, energy transmission cables are proliferating as governments look to new sources of electricity generation. 
    America’s adversaries have been developing their capabilities to attack or disrupt critical undersea infrastructure. There is a long tradition, dating back well over a century, of belligerents attacking their opponents’ underwater communications lines in the first phase of a conflict. For example, in both World Wars, Britain’s first naval actions were to cut the telegraph cables connecting Germany to the Americas, and in 1918 a German U-boat severed lines connecting New York to both Nova Scotia and Panama. In addition to this kind of overt, kinetic attack, the nature of undersea infrastructure increases the feasibility of gray zone actions with plausible deniability. It is difficult to distinguish between an accident and a deliberate action on the seabed, and more difficult still to confirm who conducted such an action. On top of this, because this infrastructure is privately owned by commercial enterprises, repairs are the responsibility of these private companies, which are likely not prepared to maintain them under wartime conditions and are likely to seek the most cost-effective repair and maintenance options—even if that option is owned or operated by a foreign adversary or strategic competitor. 
    Given these threats and challenges, it is imperative that the United States undertake a review of existing vulnerabilities to global undersea cable infrastructure, including the threat of sabotage by Russia as well as the growing role of the People’s Republic of China in cable laying and repair. If we are truly to deepen vital commercial and security relationships with willing partners and allies, this must be a national priority. We respectfully request that you provide responses to the following questions and direct senior administration officials to brief Members of Congress, including members of relevant committees of jurisdiction, on your plans and the resources and authorities needed to carry them out.
    1) What is your Administration’s overall strategy to guarantee the security of America’s undersea infrastructure and to promote the security of that of our allies and partners? 
    2) The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020 established the Cable Security Fleet (CSF). If authorized and sufficiently funded, what would be your assessment of the ideal size of the U.S.-flagged and -operated cable laying and repair vessel fleet to ensure sufficient cable repair capacity during a conflict or national emergency? How can the United States work with trusted allies and partners for additional capacity to support the expansion and repair of trusted undersea cable networks? 
    3) What is the Administration’s strategy to encourage other nations to choose trusted suppliers in their selection of undersea cable manufacturers, particularly in any nation of concern or which may be vulnerable to coercion or covert action by America’s adversaries? 
    4) How is the Administration working with the private sector to ensure that commercial enterprises’ investments in undersea cables align with U.S. national security priorities? 
    5) How do you intend to protect the physical security of undersea cables in the open ocean, including through any interpretation of customary international law? 
    6) How is the Administration working multilaterally to collectively enhance security and monitor potential threats to undersea infrastructure, including through NATO, the Quad, and the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity? 
    Thank you for your prompt attention to this request. As Congress works to continue its oversight of national security, it is vital that we understand the current state of the information backbone of our economy and efforts to protect it. 
    Sincerely, 

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: A Deluge for Roswell  

    Source: NASA

    Fall and summer tend to be the rainiest seasons in New Mexico, but the deluge that fell on parts of the state in late October 2024 stands out for its intensity.
    According to the Albuquerque office of the National Weather Service, the Roswell airport received 5.78 inches (147 millimeters) of rain on October 19, an all-time daily record. That’s more than four times the average October rainfall for the region and half of its average annual rainfall. Other areas surrounding Roswell received as much as 9 inches (229 millimeters) in a matter of hours, according to the National Weather Service.
    Much of the flooding in Roswell spilled from the Spring River, which runs through the city. By the time clouds had cleared enough for NASA’s Terra satellite to capture this image (right) on October 21, much of that water had receded. However, floodwaters were still visible along the Pecos River, to the east of Roswell. Terra acquired the other image (left) on October 14, before the extreme rainfall. Both images were captured by the MODIS (Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer) sensor.
    The false-color images were composed from a combination of infrared and visible light (MODIS bands 7-2-1), to make it easier to distinguish the water. Floodwater appears dark blue; saturated soil is light blue; vegetation is bright green; and bare ground is brown.
    The unusual amount of rain was produced by an upper-level cut-off low that stalled over Arizona and funneled large amounts of moisture to New Mexico from the Gulf of Mexico, according to meteorologist Jeff Berardelli. The flash floods that ensued caused widespread damage to the town of 48,000 people. Floodwaters inundated roads, swept away and submerged cars, and damaged bridges and buildings. Authorities rescued 290 people, according to a statement from the New Mexico National Guard.
    National Weather Service forecasts indicate that storms could bring another round of flash flooding to Roswell in the coming days. Flood monitoring resources and tools powered by NASA satellite data include the Flood Dashboard from the NASA Disasters Program, the Global Flood Monitoring System from the University of Maryland, a data pathfinder from the Earth Science Data Systems Program, and flooding monitoring and modeling training from the Applied Remote Sensing Training Program.
    NASA Earth Observatory images by Wanmei Liang, using MODIS data from NASA EOSDIS LANCE and GIBS/Worldview. Story by Adam Voiland.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: ERO Boston arrests Brazilian noncitizen charged with violent crimes against Massachusetts child

    Source: US Immigration and Customs Enforcement

    Marlborough, Mass. — Enforcement and Removal Operations Boston apprehended an unlawfully present 24-year-old Brazilian noncitizen charged locally with assault and battery on a child with an injury, assault and battery against a family or household member, two counts of strangulation or suffocation, and intimidation charges. Officers from ERO Boston arrested Mateus Silva-Kerkovshy Aug. 16 in Marlborough.

    “Mateus Silva-Kerkovshy allegedly committed some extremely violent acts against a child with an injury and represents a dire threat to the residents of Massachusetts,” said ERO Boston acting Field Office Director Patricia H. Hyde. “We cannot allow such a threat to remain in our communities. ERO Boston will continue to prioritize the safety of our public by aggressively arresting and removing egregious noncitizen offenders from our New England neighborhoods.”

    U.S. Border Patrol arrested Silva Oct. 22, 2021, after he unlawfully entered the United States near San Luis, Arizona. U.S. Border Patrol issued Silva a notice to appear before a Department of Justice immigration judge and took him into custody.

    U.S. Border Patrol released Silva from custody after he was granted parole Oct. 29, 2021.

    On March 29, 2023, a Department of Justice immigration judge ordered Silva removed from the United States to Brazil.

    The Hudson Police Department arrested Silva Aug. 9 and charged him with with assault and battery on a child with an injury, assault and battery against a family or household member, two counts of strangulation or suffocation and intimidation charges. Later that day, the Marlborough District Court arraigned Silva on those charges.

    ERO Boston lodged an immigration detainer against Silva Aug. 9 with the Marlborough District Court.

    The Marlborough District Court transferred Silva Aug. 16 into the custody ERO Boston at the Marlborough District Court’s detention facility. Silva remains in ERO custody.

    ERO conducts removals of individuals without a lawful basis to remain in the United States, including at the order of immigration judges with the Justice Department’s Executive Office for Immigration Review. The Executive Office for Immigration Review is a separate entity from the Department of Homeland Security and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement. Immigration judges in these courts make decisions based on the merits of each individual case, determining if a noncitizen is subject to a final order of removal or eligible for certain forms of relief from removal.

    As one of ICE’s three operational directorates, ERO is the principal federal law enforcement authority in charge of domestic immigration enforcement. ERO’s mission is to protect the homeland through the arrest and removal of those who undermine the safety of U.S. communities and the integrity of U.S. immigration laws, and its primary areas of focus are interior enforcement operations, management of the agency’s detained and non-detained populations, and repatriation of noncitizens who have received final orders of removal. ERO’s workforce consists of more than 7,700 law enforcement and non-law enforcement support personnel across 25 domestic field offices and 208 locations nationwide, 30 overseas postings, and multiple temporary duty travel assignments along the border.

    Members of the public can report crimes and suspicious activity by dialing 866-DHS-2-ICE (866-347-2423) or completing the online tip form.

    Learn more about ICE’s mission to increase public safety in our New England communities on X, formerly known as Twitter, at @EROBoston.

    Members of the public can report crimes and suspicious activity by dialing 866-DHS-2-ICE (866-347-2423) or completing the online tip form.

    Learn more about ICE’s mission to increase public safety in our New England communities on X, formerly known as Twitter, at @EROBoston.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: ERO Boston arrests Guatemalan noncitizen charged with sex crimes, witness intimidation against Massachusetts resident

    Source: US Immigration and Customs Enforcement

    BOSTON — Enforcement and Removal Operations Boston apprehended an unlawfully present Guatemalan noncitizen charged with aggravated rape, witness intimidation and indecent assault and battery of a Massachusetts resident. Officers from ERO Boston arrested 49-year-old Elmer Perez Aug. 15 in North Dartmouth.

    “Elmer Perez unlawfully entered the United States before making his way to Massachusetts where he allegedly committed vile and disturbing crimes in our Massachusetts community,” said ERO Boston acting Field Office Director Patricia H. Hyde. “Perez posed a significant threat to our residents that we will not tolerate. ERO Boston will continue to prioritize public safety by apprehending and removing noncitizen offenders from our New England neighborhoods.”

    Perez unlawfully entered the United States on an unknown date, at an unknown location, without inspection, admission or parole by a U.S. immigration official.

    ERO Boston lodged an immigration detainer against Perez Dec. 20, 2019, with the Bristol County Superior Court

    The Bristol County Superior Court arraigned Perez Feb. 21, 2020, on charges of aggravated rape, rape, intimidation of a witness and two counts of indecent assault and battery on a person over 14 years of age.

    The Bristol County Superior Court notified ERO Boston that Perez would be released from custody Aug. 15. Authorities at the Bristol Superior Court detention facility honored ERO Boston’s immigration detainer and released Perez Aug. 15 into the custody of ERO Boston deportation officers. Perez remains in ERO custody.

    As part of its mission to identify and arrest removable noncitizens, ERO lodges immigration detainers against noncitizens who have been arrested for criminal activity and taken into custody by state or local law enforcement. An immigration detainer is a request from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement to state or local law enforcement agencies to notify ICE as early as possible before a removable noncitizen is released from their custody. Detainers request that state or local law enforcement agencies maintain custody of the noncitizen for a period not to exceed 48 hours beyond the time the individual would otherwise be released, allowing ERO to assume custody for removal purposes in accordance with federal law.

    Detainers are critical public safety tools because they focus enforcement resources on removable noncitizens who have been arrested for criminal activity. Detainers increase the safety of all parties involved — ERO personnel, law enforcement officials, the removable noncitizens and the public — by allowing an arrest to be made in a secure and controlled custodial setting as opposed to at-large within the community. Since detainers result in the direct transfer of a noncitizen from state or local custody to ERO custody, they also minimize the potential that an individual will reoffend. Additionally, detainers conserve scarce government resources by allowing ERO to take criminal noncitizens into custody directly rather than expending resources locating these individuals at-large.

    ERO conducts removals of individuals without a lawful basis to remain in the United States, including at the order of immigration judges with the Justice Department’s Executive Office for Immigration Review. The Executive Office for Immigration Review is a separate entity from the Department of Homeland Security and ICE. Immigration judges in these courts make decisions based on the merits of each individual case, determining if a noncitizen is subject to a final order of removal or eligible for certain forms of relief from removal.

    As one of ICE’s three operational directorates, ERO is the principal federal law enforcement authority in charge of domestic immigration enforcement. ERO’s mission is to protect the homeland through the arrest and removal of those who undermine the safety of U.S. communities and the integrity of U.S. immigration laws, and its primary areas of focus are interior enforcement operations, management of the agency’s detained and non-detained populations, and repatriation of noncitizens who have received final orders of removal. ERO’s workforce consists of more than 7,700 law enforcement and non-law enforcement support personnel across 25 domestic field offices and 208 locations nationwide, 30 overseas postings, and multiple temporary duty travel assignments along the border.

    Members of the public can report crimes and suspicious activity by dialing 866-DHS-2-ICE (866-347-2423) or completing the online tip form.

    Learn more about ICE’s mission to increase public safety in our New England communities on X, formerly known as Twitter, at @EROBoston.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Security: Illegal export of multiple firearms sends Mexican national to prison

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    McALLEN, Texas – A 54-year-old man has been sentenced for illegally exporting firearms from the United States into Mexico, announced U.S. Attorney Alamdar S. Hamdani.

    Elmer Espinoza-Ortega pleaded guilty July 11.

    U.S. District Judge Drew B. Tipton has now ordered Espinoza-Ortega to serve 36 months in federal prison to be immediately followed by two years of supervised release.

    “Many guns exported from the United States into Mexico are used for criminal activity or end up in the hands of the cartels,” said Hamdani. “My office is committed to preventing transnational gun violence by stopping the export of firearms from the United States.”

    On May 26, Espinoza-Ortega attempted to exit the United States through the Anzalduas Port of Entry. Upon further inspection, law enforcement discovered a firearm magazine in Espinoza-Ortega’s pocket.

    A subsequent search of his vehicle revealed four firearms and five firearm magazines concealed in the bumper of the vehicle.

    At the time of his plea, Espinoza-Ortega admitted he did not possess a license to export firearms or ammunition, he knew the firearms were in his vehicle and he intended to transport the firearms into Mexico.

    Espinoza-Ortega will remain in custody pending transfer to a U.S. Bureau of Prisons facility to be determined in the near future.

    Customs and Border Protection and Homeland Security Investigations conducted the investigation.

    Assistant U.S. Attorney Amanda McColgan prosecuted the case.

    This case is being prosecuted as part of the joint federal, state and local Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) Program, the centerpiece of the Department of Justice’s violent crime reduction efforts. PSN is an evidence-based program proven to be effective at reducing violent crime. Through PSN, a broad spectrum of stakeholders work together to identify the most pressing violent crime problems in the community and develop comprehensive solutions to address them. As part of this strategy, PSN focuses enforcement efforts on the most violent offenders and partners with locally based prevention and reentry programs for lasting reductions in crime.

    MIL Security OSI –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of World Economic Outlook October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers:
    Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, Director, Research Department, IMF
    Petya Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, IMF
    Jean‑Marc Natal, Division Chief, Research Department, IMF

    Moderator:
    Jose Luis De Haro, Communications Officer, IMF

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I think we can start. First of all, welcome, everyone. Good morning for those who are joining, as online. I am Jose Luis De Haro with the Communications Department here at the IMF. And once again, we are gathered here today for the release of our new World Economic Outlook, titled Policy Pivot Raising Threats. I hope that by this time, all of you have had access to a copy of the flagship. If not, I would encourage you to go to IMF.org. There, you’re going to find the document, but also, you’re going to find Pierre‑Olivier’s blog, the underlying data for the charts, videos, and other assets that I think are going to be very, very helpful for your reporting. And what’s best, that to discuss all the details of the World Economic Outlook that, to be joined here today by Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, the Economic Counsellor Chief Economist and the Director of the Research Department. Next to him are Petya Koeva Brooks. She is the Deputy Director of the Research Department. And also with us, Jean‑Marc Natal, the Division Chief at the Research Department. We are going to start with some opening remarks from Pierre‑Olivier, and then we will proceed to take your questions. I want to remind everyone that this press conference is on the record and that we will also be taking questions online.

    With no further ado, Pierre‑Olivier, the floor is yours.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. Let me start with the good news. The battle against inflation is almost won. After peaking at 9.4 percent year on year in the third quarter of 2022, we now project headline inflation will fall to 3.5 percent by the end of next year, and in most countries, inflation is now hovering close to central bank targets.

    Now, inflation came down while the global economy remained resilient. Growth is projected to hold steady at 3.2 percent in 2024 and 2025. The United States is expected to cool down, while other advanced economies will rebound. Performance in emerging Asia remains robust, despite the slight downward revision for China to 4.8 percent in 2024. Low‑income countries have seen their growth revised downwards, some of it because of conflicts and climate shocks.

    Now, the decline in inflation without a global recession is a major achievement. Much of that disinflation can be attributed to the unwinding of the unique combination of supply and demand shocks that caused the inflation in the first place, together with improvements in labor supply due to immigration in many advanced countries. But monetary policy played a decisive role, keeping inflation expectations anchored.

    Now, despite the good news, on inflation, risks are now tilted to the downside. This downside risks include an escalation in regional conflicts, especially in the Middle East, which could cause serious risks for commodity markets. Policy shifts toward undesirable trade and industrial policies could also significantly lower output, a sharp reduction in migration into advanced economies, which can unwind some of the supply gains that helped ease inflation in recent quarters. This could trigger an abrupt tightening of global financial conditions that would further depress output. And together, these represent about a 1.6 percent of global output in 2026.

    Now, to mitigate these downside risks and to strengthen growth, policymakers now need to shift gears and implement a policy triple pivot.

    The first pivot on monetary policy is already underway. The decline in inflation paved the way for monetary easing across major central banks. This will support activity at a time when labor markets are showing signs of cooling, with rising unemployment rates. So far, however, this rise has been gradual and does not point to an imminent slowdown. Lower interest rates in major economies will also ease the pressure on emerging market economies. However, vigilance remains key. Inflation in services remains too elevated, almost double prepandemic levels, and a few emerging market economies are seeing rising price pressures, calling for higher policy rates. Furthermore, we have now entered a world dominated by supply shocks, from climate, health, and geopolitical tensions. And this makes the job of central banks harder.

    The second pivot is on fiscal policy. It is urgent to stabilize debt dynamics and rebuild much‑needed fiscal buffers. For the United States and China, current fiscal plans do not stabilize debt dynamics. For other countries, despite early improvements, there are increasing signs of slippage. The path is narrow. Delaying consolidation increases the risk of disorderly adjustments, while an excessively abrupt turn toward fiscal tightening could hurt economic activity. Success requires implementing, where necessary, and without delay, a sustained and credible multi‑year fiscal adjustment.

    The third pivot and the hardest is toward growth‑enhancing reform. This is the only way we can address many of the challenges we face. Many countries are implementing industrial and trade policy measures to protect domestic workers and industries. These measures can sometimes boost investment and activity in the short run, but they often lead to retaliation and ultimately fail to deliver sustained improvements in standards of living. They should be avoided when not carefully addressing well‑identified market failures or narrowly defined national security concerns.

    Economic growth must come, instead, from ambitious domestic reforms that boost innovation, increase human capital, improve competition and resource allocation. Growth‑enhancing reforms often face significant social resistance. Our report shows that information strategies can help improve support, but they only go so far. Building trust between governments and citizens and inclusion of proper compensation measures are essential features.

    Building trust is an important lesson that should also resonate when thinking about ways to further improve international cooperation to address common challenges in the year that we celebrate the 80th anniversary of the Bretton Woods Institutions. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. Before we open the floor for your questions, let’s remind some ground rules. First of all, if you have any question that it is related to a country program or a country negotiation, I would recommend not to formulate that question here. Basically, those questions can be formulated in the different regional press briefings that are going to happen later this week.

    Also, if you want to ask a question, just raise your hand, wait until I call you. Identify yourself and the outlet that you represent. And let’s try to keep it to just one question. I know that there are going to be many, many questions. We might not be able to take all of you. So please be patient. There are going to be many other opportunities to ask questions throughout the week.

    Let me start—how I am going to start. I am going to start in the center. A couple of questions here. Then I am going to go to my right, and then I am going to go there. I am going to start in the first row, the lady with the white jacket, thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose, for taking my question. I am Moaling Xiong from Xinhua News Agency. I want to ask about the geopolitical tensions that was mentioned in the report. It says there are rising geopolitical tensions. So far, the impact has been limited. But further intensification of geopolitical rifts could weigh on trade, investment, and beyond. I wonder whether Pierre‑Olivier, could you talk a little bit about what are the economic impacts of growing geopolitical tensions? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. This is, of course, a very important question. This is something that we are very concerned about, the rising geoeconomic fragmentation, trade tensions between countries, measures that are disrupting trade, disrupting cross‑border investment. This is something that we have looked at in our World Economic Outlook report. In Chapter 1, we have a box that evaluates the impact of various adverse measures, measures that could be taken by policymakers or various of shocks that would impact output. And when we look at the impact that rising trade tensions could have, there are two dimensions of this. One is, of course, you are increasing tariffs, for instance, between different blocs. That would disrupt trade. That will misallocate resources. That will weigh down on economic activity. But there is also an associated layer that comes from the uncertainty that increases related to future trade policy. And that will also depress investment, depress economic activity and consumption. When we put these two together, what we find is, we find an impact on world output that is on the order of about 0.5 percent of output levels in 2026. So it’s a quite sizable effect of both an increase in tariffs between different countries and an increase in trade policy uncertainty.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to continue here in the center. We’re going to go to the gentleman on the third row. Yep. There. There, third row, there. Third row. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thanks very much for taking my question. I just want to ask about the inflation side of the WEO. You mentioned just now inflation, you know, the battle is almost won. I am just wondering, there’s sort of a divergence between the advanced economies and emerging markets and developing economies. When do you expect inflation to sort of fall toward that 2 percent target in emerging markets and developing economies? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So inflation, the progress on inflation has been more pronounced for advanced economies, and now we expect advanced economies to be back to their target sometime in 2025 for most of them. For emerging markets and developing economies, there is more variation, and we see an increase in dispersion of inflation, so a lot of countries have made a lot of progress. You look, for instance, at emerging Asia. There are inflation levels very similar to advanced economies for a number of them. You look at other regions—in the Middle East, for instance, or sub‑Saharan Africa—and you have countries that still have double‑digital inflation rates and will maybe take more time to converge back. So we see an increased divergence that reflects some of the shocks that are specific to some of these regions. Of course, conflict or climate‑related shocks can have an impact on inflation, and that’s what we’re seeing in these two regions I mentioned.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I’m going to move to my right. The first row here, the lady with the red suit.

    QUESTION: Hello. This is Norah from Asharq Business with Bloomberg from Dubai.

    Pierre, you mentioned that the geopolitical tensions could account for 0.5 percent of output if things kind of get out of hand. To what extent is this a very optimistic number here? Because we’re talking about tensions not only in the Middle East. You have things going down in the Taiwan Strait. We have the Russian‑Ukraine war still ongoing. And there is a very big risk that shipping lines, straits might get disrupted. And this would affect very substantially the price of oil and other commodities. To what extent this would affect output—again, global output and inflation levels? Would inflation be a big risk again if major commodities prices increased substantially?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So you are absolutely right. The scenario I was referring to earlier is a scenario where we have increased trade disruptions, tariffs, and trade policy uncertainty. But one can think also about geopolitical tensions impacting commodity market or shipping. Now, this is not something that we looked at in this report. That’s something that we had looked at in our April report. And in April, when we looked at the potential for escalation in conflicts in the Middle East, the impact it could have on oil prices or on shipping costs, we found that this would very much be in the nature of adverse supply shock. It would negatively impact output, and it would increase inflation pressures. Now, the numbers we had when we did that exercise back in April, they’re still very relevant for the environment we’re in now. And that was one of the layers I showed today, is that it would reduce output by another about 0.4 percent by 2026 and would increase inflation by something on the order of 0.7 percent higher inflation in 2025. So this is something that is very much on top of the other tensions that I mentioned. This is why we are living in this world where there are multiple layers of risk that could be compounding each other.

    Mr. De Haro: I’m going to stay here. First row, here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa Washington, D.C. I would like you to talk a little bit more about the situation in Africa. I know two years ago it was about COVID and then Ukraine. What do you see now? And what are some of the recommendations for sub‑Saharan Africa? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So sub‑Saharan African region is one that is seeing growth rates that are fairly steady this year, compared to last year, at about 3.6 percent, and then expected to increase to about 4.2 percent next year. So we’re seeing some pickup in growth from this year to next year. But now, this is certainly a region that’s been adversely impacted by weather shocks and, in some cases, conflict. So the growth remains subdued and somewhat uneven, and that’s certainly something that we are concerned about.

    Let me turn it over to my colleague Jean‑Marc Natal to add some color.

    Mr. Natal: I would be happy to. Do you hear me? OK.

    So yes, so there has been over the last year, year and a half, there has been some progress in the region. You saw, you know, inflation stabilizing in some countries going down even. And reaching close—level close to the target. But half of them is still at distance, large distance from the target. And a third of them are still having double‑digital inflation.

    In terms of growth, as Pierre‑Olivier mentioned, it’s quite uneven, but it remains too low. The other issue is debt in the region. Obviously, it is still high. It has not increased. It has stopped increasing, and in some countries already starting to consolidate. But it’s still too high. And the debt service is correspondingly still high in the region. So the challenges are still there. There has been some progress. So in terms of the recommendation, in countries where inflation is very high, you would recommend, you know, tight monetary policy and in some cases, when possible, helped by consolidation on the fiscal side.

    It’s complicated. In many countries, you know, there are trade‑offs, and, you know, consolidating fiscal is difficult when you also have to provide for relief, like in Nigeria, for example, due to the flooding. So targeting the support to the poor and the vulnerable is part of the package when you consolidate. I will stop here.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am moving to my left. I am going to go to the gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. Joel Hills from ITV News. We know that the chancellor in the United Kingdom is planning on changing the fiscal rule on debt to allow for—to borrow more for investment. Pierre‑Olivier, do you support this idea? And what, in your view, are the risks? And should the U.K. government continue to target a fall in debt of some description or a rise in public sector net worth?

    Mr. De Haro: Pierre‑Olivier, before you answer, are there any other questions on the U.K. in the room? I am going to take just two more from this group of U.K. reporters on my right that they are very eager. Just two questions more. We do not want to overwhelm—

    QUESTION: Alex Brummer from the Daily Mail in London. Again, around the chancellor’s upcoming budget. In your opening remarks, you referred to the possibility of abrupt changes in fiscal policy, disrupting what might happen to economies. U.K., according to your forecast, is in a quite good place in terms of growth heading upward. Do you fear that too strong a change in direction in fiscal policy in the U.K. could affect future growth?

    Mr. De Haro: Just one more question.

    QUESTION: Mehreen Khan from The Times. You mentioned that there are some countries at risk of fiscal slippage because governments have promised to do their consolidation have struggled to execute. Is the U.K. in that group? Also, the IMF has previously recommended that countries are under fiscal strain should—can keep sort of investment flowing if they do shift to measures like public sector net worth. Is that still a recommendation that you stand by in particular relevance for the U.K.?

    Mr. De Haro: And to give Pierre‑Olivier a little bit of time, I just want to remind everyone that we will have regional press briefings later this week, and some of these questions can be brought to all heads of departments that are going to be talking later on in the week. Pierre‑Olivier?

    Mr. Gourinchas: First, I will make three quick remarks. We are going to wait and see at the end of this month, on October 30, the details of the budget that will be announced by the U.K. government. And at that point, we’ll be able to evaluate and see the detail of the measures and how they will impact the U.K. economy.

    The broader question, I think, is relevant for many countries, not just the U.K. And it goes to the second pivot I mentioned, this narrow path in terms of fiscal consolidation. I think when countries have elevated debt levels, when interest rates are high, when growth is OK but not great, there is a risk that things could escalate or get out of control quickly. And so there is a need to bring debt levels down, stabilize them when they are not stabilized and rebuild fiscal buffers. That is true for many countries around the world. And if you are not doing that—and that is getting to the question that was asked by the gentleman on the right here—if you’re not doing that, that’s when you find yourself potentially later on at the mercy of market pressures that will force an adjustment that is uncontrolled to a large extent. At which point you have very few degrees of freedom, so you do not want to get in that position. And I think the effort to stabilize public debt has to be seen in that context.

    Now, the other side of the narrow path is, of course, if you try to do too much too quickly, you might have an adverse impact on growth. And you have to be careful there because we do have important—most countries have important needs when it comes to spending, whether it’s about central services, what we think about healthcare, or if we think about public investment and climate transition. So we need to protect also the type of spending that can be good for growth. So finding ways—and this is something that our colleagues in the Fiscal Monitor report emphasize, finding ways to consolidate by reducing expenditures where it’s needed. Maybe raising revenues. Often, it’s a combination of both but doing so in a way that is least impactful on growth. It’s country by country. There is no general formula. But that’s kind of the nature of the exercise.

    That pivot, that second pivot is absolutely essential. At the point we’re at again precisely because we’re in a world in which there will be more shocks and countries need to be prepared and need to have some room on the fiscal side to be able to build that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Last question on this side. Then I will go online, and then I will go around the room again. The gentleman in the second row.

    QUESTION: Thanks, Jose. Pierre‑Olivier, a question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for the country for next year, improving GDP and inflation, 45 percent at the end of the year. Oh, yes. Sorry. Alam Md Hasanul from International.

    A question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for next year, but I wanted to see if you could give us a little bit more detail on, where do you see the economy going. And if it’s accurate to say at this point that the worst of the crisis is in the past? Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: We have received other questions regarding Argentina online from Lilliana Franco. Basically, she wants to know what’s behind our expectations for inflation for 2025. And I think that there are other Argentine reporters in the room. I see them in the back. Please, if somebody can get them the mic and we can get all the questions on Argentina and then move on to other regions. There. There. Those two, please. Try to keep it short.

    QUESTION: Hi. Patricia Valli from El Cronista. You mentioned the need to keep going with the reforms. And the government in Argentina is implementing a series of reforms. What’s the take of the IMF in terms of these? And if they are perhaps hurting the most vulnerable due to the increase of poverty numbers in Argentina in the past report?

    QUESTION: Hello. Juan Manuel Barca from Clarín Newspaper. I want to know if you raised your employment projection compared to the April—compared to the July forecast.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So let me first state at the outset that our projections for Argentina have not been updated since July, and the reason for this is because there are ongoing program discussions between the authorities and the Fund. And so while that process is going on, we did not update the projections for the October round.

    Now, to come to the question that was asked on the left. There are two things that are relevant for Argentina, two main things. One is what’s happening on the inflation side. Here, I think the progress has been very substantial. We are now seeing month‑on‑month inflation in Argentina close to 3.5 percent, and this is down from about 25 percent month on month back in December of last year. So very, very significant decline in the inflation rate. So that’s something to acknowledge. And the hope is, of course, that the measures in place will continue to improve the situation on that front.

    On the growth front, what we are saying is that activity has contracted substantially in the first half of the year, but there are signs that it’s starting to gradually recover. Now how much again, I cannot give you an update because we do not have it as of now. But there are signs that there is a recovery in real wages and in private credit and activity.

    Now, of course, this has been difficult for the Argentine economy, the decline in growth of that nature. And that’s something that, again, we are engaged in discussions with the authorities on the best way forward. I cannot comment more than that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I am going to get a question from our colleagues on WebEx. I think that Weier is there.

    QUESTION: I have a question on China. Given China’s recent implementation of various stimulus measures, such as support for the real estate—real sector and interest rate reductions and other economic incentives, we’ve already seen a major boost in its capital market. So how do you assess the potential impact of these developments on China’s economic recovery and growth perspective?

    Also, how the external effects, such as the Federal Reserve’s easing monetary path, will play a role here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Before you answer on the Federal Reserve, there’s other questions on China of a similar nature. Recent stimulus announced by the Governor and its effects.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So China, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, we have a slight downward revision for its 2024 growth, compared to our July projections to 4.8 percent. And that’s a revision that’s coming largely due to a weaker second quarter of the year. And that weaker second quarter of the year is reflecting continued decline in confidence in the household and corporate sector and also the continued problems in the property sector in China.

    Now, this is something that, of course, is a top priority to address for the Chinese authorities. And we’ve seen a number of measures that have been announced since the end of last month. First measures, monetary and financial measures announced by the People’s Bank of China, and then some fiscal measures that were announced a few weeks ago.

    These measures in general go in the right direction, from our perspective. They are trying to improve the situation in the property sector. They’re trying to, for instance, lowering borrowing rates or trying to improve the balance sheet of the property developers.

    In our view, in our assessment, the measures announced at the end of last month by the PBOC, although they go in the right direction, are not sufficient to lift growth in a substantially material way. And that’s why our forecast is still at about 4.8 percent for 2024 and is unchanged for next year, at 4.5 percent.

    The new, more recent measures announced a few weeks ago by the Ministry of Finance are not incorporated in our forecast. We are waiting to see the details. I should mention, however, that since then, there has also been a release of the Q3 growth for China, and this has also been a little bit on the disappointing side. So I would say that what we’re seeing in terms of where the Chinese economy might be going is a little bit of a downward revision coming from the Q3 forecast and then potentially some measures that will help lift the economy going forward.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So we have an additional question online. Basically, it comes from a reporter in Israel who wants to know how the current conflict is affecting the region and the global economy. Also, if there’s any other questions regarding the ongoing conflict, we can go here in the first row, please.

    QUESTION: Hi. Amir Goumma from Asharq with Bloomberg. With the GCC countries increasingly focusing and diversifying their economies away from oil now, how the IMF sees the progress and how you assess that with geopolitical tensions that may affect the attraction of the investment?

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So on the impact of the conflict in the Middle East on the countries in the region, and more broadly, let me ask my colleague Petya Koeva Brooks to come in.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. Indeed, the conflict has inflicted a heavy toll on the region, and our hearts go to all who have been affected by it. We are monitoring the situation very closely. And what we could say at this stage is apart from the enormous uncertainty that we see is that the fallout has been the hardest in the countries in the region, at the epicenter of the conflict. We’ve seen significant declines in output in West Bank, in Gaza. Lebanon has also been hard hit. Now, we’ve also seen impact in the—on the economy in Israel, although there, I think the—so far at least, the impact has been smaller.

    Now, beyond that, there has also been an impact on commodity prices, on oil prices. We’ve seen quite a lot of volatility, though, as other factors have also come in, such as the concerns about global demand kind of have pushed prices in the opposite direction.

    Now, beyond that, when it comes to specific countries in the GCC region, when it comes to, for instance, Saudi Arabia, we’ve seen there, actually the non‑oil output has done very well, and we do have a small downward revision in the overall growth rate, but that is pretty much because of the voluntary oil cuts that have now been extended through November. Let me stop here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are coming here to the center of the room. I’m going to go way back. The gentleman in the blue shirt that I think is the third row from the back. Yep. There. He has—there, there, there. A little bit. Can you stand up? Yep. Perfect. And then I will go with you, with the lady.

    QUESTION: Thank you for doing this. Your alternative scenario about the trade war does not seem so far from reality. Indeed, especially if Trump wins the elections. So could you augment about that? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: We have a couple of questions similar to that nature.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, of course, I will first preface by saying we are not commenting on elections or potential platforms here at the IMF. What we are seeing and when we’re looking at the world economy goes beyond what might be happening in a single country. This is why the scenario that we are looking at in Box 1.2 of our World Economic Outlook is one that focuses on, if you want, an escalation of trade tensions between different regions—whether the U.S., the European Union, or China. And the numbers I quoted earlier are reflecting our model estimates of the cumulative impact of this increase in tensions. So I think that this is something that we are very concerned about. We’ve seen a very sharp increase in a number of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries since 2019, roughly. They’ve gone from 1,000 to 3,000, so tripling of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries, and 2019 was not a low point. That was already something that was above what we were seeing in the 2010s. So there is definitely, you know, a direction of travel here that we are very concerned about because a lot of these trade‑distorting measures could reflect decisions by countries that are self‑centered but could be ultimately harmful not just to the global economy, but this is the benefits of doing a scenario analysis like the one we did. They are also hurtful for the countries that want to implement them, as well, because the impact on global trade also makes the residents of a country poorer.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to take a question from WebEx and then I’m going to go to you. I think that we have a question on the U.S. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: My question would be regarding the U.S. resilience toward inflation shock. I remember talks about this during the April meetings and the April report. And I wanted to ask you whether you’re still committed to this forecast of the U.S. resiliency, and whether we can still see the risk of recession in the U.S. since recent talks about the unemployment data, it has not always come to the expectations of what the bond market or the stock exchange thinks.

    So is the U.S. still as resilient as you saw it in April this year?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, the news on the U.S. is good in a sense. We have had an upgrade in growth forecasts for 2024 and 2025. The historical numbers have also been revised, so even upgraded 2023, that is already sort of behind us. But the numbers came in, and they were stronger than what was realized. And that strong growth performance has been happening in a context of a continued disinflation. There have been some bumps in the road. The disinflation may not have been proceeding, especially earlier in the year, as quickly as was projected, but lately it has been quite substantial.

    So what accounts for this is two things that are really important there. One is, there is strong productivity growth that we see when we look at the U.S. That’s somewhat unlike other advanced economies, in fact. When we look around the world. And the second is also a very significant role that immigration has played, the increase in foreign‑born workers in the U.S. that have been integrated fairly quickly into the labor force. Now, the increase in unemployment that we’ve seen recently—I just showed it in my opening remarks—reflects to a large extent the fact that you have this increase in foreign‑born workers. And it takes—they have been integrated quickly in the labor force, but still there was an influx of them or there was an influx of them, and it’s taken a little bit of time to absorb them. And that’s what is reflected in the increased unemployment rate. So the labor market picture remains one that is fairly, fairly robust, even though it has cooled off but from very, very tight levels. Growth is solid. So I think the answer to the question that was posed, I think a risk of a recession in the U.S. in the absence of a very sharp shock would be somewhat diminished.

    Now, that is really what paved the way when you think about what the Federal Reserve is doing, seeing this inflation coming down a lot but noticing the increase in unemployment, pivoting away from just fighting inflation, that fight is almost done, and now being more concerned about, maybe what might be happening going forward with the labor market and wanting to make sure that that cooling off of the labor market does not turn into something that is more negative.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. The clock here says that I have seven minutes that I can push a little bit, but we go there. Then we will go to this side. And come back here and maybe end around here.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is Hope Moses‑Ashike from Business Day Nigeria. So I am right here in this room, in April, you projected the Nigeria economy to grow by 3.3 percent, and you cited improved oil sector, security, and then agriculture. So I want to understand, what has changed since then in terms of Nigeria’s growth and the factors you mentioned? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. Jean‑Marc, do you want to comment on Nigeria?

    Mr. Natal: Yes. Rightly so. We revised growth for Nigeria in 2024 by .2 down. And, you know, things are volatile, I suppose, because the reason for the revision is precisely issues in agriculture related to flooding. And also issues in the production of oil related to security issues, and also maintenance issues that have pushed down the production of oil. So these two factors have played a role.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We go to this side. I’m going to go to the front row, the lady with the white jacket. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. So this is still a follow‑up question since you just answered on Nigeria. What’s the IMF’s projection for the social impacts on full subsidy removal, especially when you—full subsidy removal and forex unification in terms of poverty, inequality, and food insecurity? And also, can give us your medium‑term projections for Nigeria’s growth? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So I am afraid on this one I will have to go back and check because I do not have the number ready on the impact of the removal of the fuel subsidies specifically that you asked about. I do not know if my colleagues—

    Mr. De Haro: And I would encourage you to formulate this question in the press briefing for the regional outlook for the African Department. Probably there, you will get your answer, but reach out to us bilaterally and then we will get you the question.

    We are going to stay—we’re going to go to the gentleman in the back. Yep.

    QUESTION: Thanks very much. Andy Robinson of La Vanguardia, Barcelona, Spain. There seems to be a strange sort of divergence in the euro zone economy in which Spain—you have revised upwards Spain’s GDP growth forecast a whole point, percentage point, whilst Germany is languishing. Could I ask you, is Spain’s performance sustainable? And Germany’s in a recession?

    Also, one other question. You seem in your box on inflation and wage share and profit share, wage share you seem to be suggesting if there’s any danger of increasing inflation in the future, it’s more an excessive profit share than exactly wage? Could you tell me if that’s a correct interpretation? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So just a few words on the euro area in general. And then I will let my colleague Petya come in on Spain. We do see some divergence across the different countries of the euro area. And one of the drivers is how reliant they are on manufacturing, as one of the key sectors in domestic production. And what you are seeing is, there is a general weakness in manufacturing and that’s heating countries like Germany. While countries that are maybe a bit more reliant on services, including tourism—and Spain is one of them—are seeing a better performance.

    Now, on the second part of your question, and I will turn it over to Petya, on the profit share and wages. We’re seeing now wage growth that is in excess of inflation. And sometimes people say, well, that’s a problem because that means, you know, maybe that cannot be sustained and therefore there will be more inflation. Well, not quite. That’s not the view we have here at the Fund. A lot of the increase in wages in excess of inflation right now—so that’s an improvement in real wages in standards of living—is reflecting a catchup phenomenon. It’s after years during which inflation was higher than wage inflation, wage increase. So real wages are catching up. They are covering lost ground.

    Now, during those years when inflation was higher than wages, profit margins somewhere were higher in the economy. And that is the profit margin that is being eroded back. So it’s not that we’re squeezing profits inordinately right now. It’s just they’re coming back more toward their historical level as real wages are catching up, and that’s not necessarily a concern in terms of inflation dynamics going forward. With this, let me turn it over to Petya.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Thank you. Indeed Spain does stand out as one of the countries with a substantial upward revision for this year. We’re now projecting growth to be 2.9, after last year, when it was 2.7. So what’s behind this revision is the positive surprises that we’ve already seen, especially in the second quarter, as well as some of the revisions to the back data.

    And then when we look at the composition of these surprises, again, it was net exports and the receipts from tourism that were a substantial contributor. But also, private consumption and investment also played a role, which may imply that some of the impact of the national recovery plan and the EU funds that are being used could—we could already be seeing the impact of that. And then when we move forward, we are expecting a slowdown in growth next year, but, again, if these—if this investment continues, of course, that would be a very positive factor behind the recovery. Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I have time for just one question because literally, we have 15 seconds. So I’m going to go with the gentleman here.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Barry Wood, Hong Kong Radio. Mr. Gourinchas, in April you said likely we will see one rate cut in the United States. We’ve seen it. The data, as you just said, is very good. Would further rate cuts be counterproductive?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Well, in our projections, of course, we need to make some assumptions about what central banks, and this round of projection is no exception. So in our projections just released today, we’re assuming that there will be two more rate cuts by the Fed in 2024 and then four additional rate cuts in 2025. And that would bring the policy rate towards the terminal rate that is around 2.75, 3. Why do we see the additional rate cuts? Well, in part it’s the progress on inflation. And then as I mentioned earlier, as an answer to an earlier question, the fact that we’re seeing the labor markets cooling and therefore the concern for the Fed is now to make sure that that last part of the disinflation process is not one that is going to hit activity. In the Chapter 2 of our report, we describe how that last mile could be somewhat more costly because, as the supply constraints have eased and moved away, it becomes harder to bring down inflation in that last mile without hurting economic activity, so it’s important to also adjust the policy rate path in a direction of a little bit more easing, as the economy is smooth landing.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. As in life, all good things have to come to an end. But before that, I want to thank you all, on behalf of Pierre‑Olivier, Petya, and Jean‑Marc. Also, on behalf of the Communications Department and a couple of reminders for all of you, the Global Financial Stability Report press briefing is going to happen in this same room at around 10:15 a.m. Tomorrow morning, you have the press briefing for the Fiscal Monitor, and later on in the week, you will have the Managing Director’s press briefing and all the regional press briefings that we’ve been talking about. I want to encourage you to go to IMF.org, download the flagships, the World Economic Outlook, and if you have any questions, comments, feedback, everything to media at IMF.org. So have a great day.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER:

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Weatherford Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Revenues of $1,409 million increased 7% year-over-year
    • Operating income of $243 million increased 11% year-over-year
    • Net income of $157 million increased 28% year-over-year; net income margin of 11.1%
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $355 million increased 16% year-over-year; adjusted EBITDA margin* of 25.2% increased by 197 basis points year-over-year
    • Cash provided by operating activities of $262 million, an increase of $112 million sequentially and $90 million year-over-year; adjusted free cash flow* of $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year
    • Received credit rating upgrade from S&P Global Ratings to ‘BB-’ with positive outlook, and from Fitch to ‘BB-’ with stable outlook
    • Shareholder returns of $68 million for the quarter, which includes dividends payment of $18 million and share repurchases of $50 million
    • Board approved quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share payable on December 5, 2024 to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024
    • Deployment of Victus™ Managed Pressure Drilling (MPD) systems in the first two deep geothermal exploration wells that have been drilled for a major operator in the Middle East
    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year Corporate Procurement Agreement (CPA) including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals
    • Hosted 20th annual FWRD conference focused on digitalization and next-generation life-of-well solutions to boost efficiency, sustainability, and performance

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    HOUSTON, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Weatherford International plc (NASDAQ: WFRD) (“Weatherford” or the “Company”) announced today its results for the third quarter of 2024.

    Revenues for the third quarter of 2024 were $1,409 million, an increase of 0.3% sequentially and an increase of 7% year-over-year. Operating income was $243 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $264 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $218 million in the third quarter of 2023. Net income in the third quarter of 2024 was $157 million, with an 11.1% margin, an increase of 26% or 225 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 28% or 177 basis points year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA* was $355 million, a 25.2% margin, a decrease of 3% or 78 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 16% or 197 basis points year-over-year. Basic income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.14 compared to $1.71 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.70 in the third quarter of 2023. Diluted income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.06 compared to $1.66 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.66 in the third quarter of 2023.

    Third quarter 2024 cash flows provided by operating activities were $262 million, compared to $150 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $172 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted free cash flow* was $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year. Capital expenditures were $78 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $62 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $42 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Girish Saligram, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “I want to thank the Weatherford team for once again delivering strong margins and adjusted free cash flow despite a volatile macro environment and short cycle activity reductions. The margin performance underscores our ability to deliver strong returns in a softer market environment. Despite continued North America weakness, customer scheduling delays in Latin America and a reduced activity outlook in certain other geographies, we still expect strong revenue growth and adjusted EBITDA margins of greater than 25% for the full year.

    In the third quarter, Weatherford acquired Datagration, enhancing our position with one of the industry’s most advanced digital offerings for production and asset optimization. The acquisition demonstrates our commitment to driving innovation across our technology portfolio and accelerating our growth in the digital transformation of the energy industry. Following our announcement in the third quarter regarding Weatherford’s first-ever shareholder return program, we paid our first quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share on September 12, 2024, to shareholders on record as of August 13, 2024, and as of September 30, 2024, we have bought back $50 million of ordinary shares.

    While the macroeconomic environment is volatile and there is heightened risk of geopolitical events creating sector challenges, Weatherford remains focused on fulfillment initiatives, acquisition integrations, and technology commercialization, which should drive further financial performance.”

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Operational Highlights

    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year CPA, including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals.
    • A major operator in the Gulf of Mexico awarded Weatherford a three-year services contract to deliver Plug & Abandonment activities utilizing our Heavy Duty Pulling & Jacking Unit and multiple service lines.
    • A National Oil Company (NOC) in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Drilling Services in unconventional resources fields.
    • PTTEP awarded Weatherford a multi-year contract for Wireline services in Thailand.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Liner Hanger and associated services for deep drilling.
    • A major operator awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to provide MPD services in the Middle East, marking the first time it will utilize this technology.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Fishing and Milling services.
    • An NOC awarded Weatherford a five-year contract extension for the supply of Downhole Completion Equipment for deployment in the Middle East.
    • Shell awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Dual Stage Cementing technology to be deployed in onshore Australia.
    • Kuwait Energy awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Cased Hole Wireline Services in onshore Iraq.
    • bp awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for multilateral installations and associated services for offshore operations in Azerbaijan.
    • JVGAS in Algeria awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for velocity string accessories and associated services and awarded a two-year contract for the supply of Fishing and Casing exiting.

    Technology Highlights

    • Drilling & Evaluation (“DRE”)
      • An NOC deployed Weatherford MPD solutions in its first two deep geothermal exploration wells in the Middle East. This innovative use of MPD technology mitigates risks from elevated geothermal gradients during exploration drilling.
      • Weatherford celebrates 25 years of Compact Memory Logging technology, with over 10,000 deployments, consistently delivering value and reliability to our customers.
    • Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)
      • In Norway, Weatherford successfully integrated the Vero™ system into an offshore rig control system, enabling further efficiency while maintaining well integrity. This integration allows existing rig crews to operate the Vero system autonomously.
      • Perenco deployed Weatherford’s digital ForeSite® Sense optical monitoring system to oversee injectivity testing performance for the Poseidon carbon capture and storage project, the UK’s first well to inject CO2 underground.
      • Weatherford launched its new Remote-Opening Barrier Valve that decreases risk and time associated with conventional well barriers.
    • Production and Intervention (“PRI”)
      • The acquisition of Datagration Solutions Inc. added the PetroVisor and EcoVisor platforms to Weatherford’s Digital Solutions portfolio, enhancing the integration of customer data with ForeSite and Cygnet® for improved real-time analysis and decision-making.
      • Weatherford deployed its AlphaV system for a major operator in Norway in a complex application that significantly reduced time by eliminating wellbore preparation.

    Shareholder Return

    During the third quarter of 2024, Weatherford repurchased shares for approximately $50 million and paid dividends of $18 million, resulting in total shareholder returns of $68 million.

    On October 17, 2024, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.25 per share of the Company’s ordinary shares, payable on December 5, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024.

    Results by Reportable Segment

    Drilling and Evaluation (“DRE”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     2  %   12  %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     (15 )%   —  %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     25.5 %     30.4 %     28.6 %   (493 )bps   (309 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 DRE revenue of $435 million increased by $8 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from higher Drilling-related Services activity partly offset by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity. Year-over-year DRE revenues increased by $47 million, or 12%, primarily from higher Wireline activity and Drilling-related Services activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia.

    Third quarter 2024 DRE segment adjusted EBITDA of $111 million decreased by $19 million, or 15% sequentially, primarily driven by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity partly offset by higher fall-through in Drilling-related Services. Year-over-year DRE segment adjusted EBITDA remained flat as higher Drilling-related services were offset by lower margin fall through in MPD and Wireline.

    Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 509     $ 504     $ 459     1 %   11 %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 151     $ 145     $ 119     4 %   27 %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     29.7 %     28.8 %     25.9 %   90 bps   374 bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 WCC revenue of $509 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity partly offset by lower Cementation Products in North America and Middle East/North Africa/Asia. Year-over-year WCC revenues increased by $50 million, or 11%, primarily due to higher international Completions and Liner Hangers activity, partly offset by a decrease in activity in North America.

    Third quarter 2024 WCC segment adjusted EBITDA of $151 million increased by $6 million, or 4% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity and product and service mix partly offset by lower Tubular Running Services activity. Year-over-year WCC segment adjusted EBITDA increased by $32 million, or 27%, primarily due to higher activity and fall-through in Tubular Running Services, Completions and Well Services.

    Production and Intervention (“PRI”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 371     $ 369     $ 371     1  %   —  %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 83     $ 85     $ 86     (2 )%   (3 )%
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     22.4 %     23.0 %     23.2 %   (66 )bps   (81 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 PRI revenue of $371 million increased by $2 million, or 1% sequentially, mainly due to increased Digital Solutions and Pressure Pumping activity partly offset by lower Subsea Intervention activity in Latin America. Year-over-year PRI revenue was flat, as higher international Intervention Services & Drilling Tools activity was offset by a decline in Pressure Pumping activity.

    Third quarter 2024 PRI segment adjusted EBITDA of $83 million, decreased by $2 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from lower Artificial Lift product mix and lower Subsea Intervention fall-through. Year-over-year PRI segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3 million, or 3% year-over-year, primarily due to lower Pressure Pumping activity.

    Revenue by Geography

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    North America   $ 266   $ 252   $ 269   6 %   (1 )%
                         
    International   $ 1,143   $ 1,153   $ 1,044   (1 )%   9  %
    Latin America     358     353     357   1  %   —  %
    Middle East/North Africa/Asia     542     542     471   —  %   15  %
    Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia     243     258     216   (6 )%   13  %
    Total Revenue   $ 1,409   $ 1,405   $ 1,313   0.3  %   7  %


    North America

    Third quarter 2024 North America revenue of $266 million increased by $14 million, or 6% sequentially, primarily due to activity increase in Canada due to favorable seasonality and activity increase offshore in the Gulf of Mexico. Year-over-year, North America decreased by $3 million, or 1%, primarily from lower Tubular Running Services and Cementation Products activity offshore in the Gulf of Mexico, partly offset by an increase in Wireline activity.

    International

    Third quarter 2024 international revenue of $1,143 million decreased 1% sequentially and increased 9% year-over-year.

    Third quarter 2024 Latin America revenue of $358 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher Well Services in Brazil and Drilling-related Services in Mexico. Year-over-year, Latin America revenue increased by $1 million.

    Third quarter 2024 Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue of $542 million was flat sequentially, mainly due to increased activity in United Arab Emirates partly offset by a decrease in Integrated Services & Projects activity in Oman and a decrease of activity in Kuwait. Year-over-year, the Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue increased by $71 million, or 15%, due to an increase in activity across all product lines within the DRE and WCC segments, primarily in United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Asia and Kuwait.

    Third quarter 2024 Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue of $243 million decreased by $15 million or 6% sequentially, mainly driven by lower MPD asset sales. Year-over-year Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue increased by $27 million, or 13%, due to increased activity across all segments.

    About Weatherford
    Weatherford delivers innovative energy services that integrate proven technologies with advanced digitalization to create sustainable offerings for maximized value and return on investment. Our world-class experts partner with customers to optimize their resources and realize the full potential of their assets. Operators choose us for strategic solutions that add efficiency, flexibility, and responsibility to any energy operation. The Company conducts business in approximately 75 countries and has approximately 19,000 team members representing more than 110 nationalities and 330 operating locations. Visit weatherford.com for more information and connect with us on social media.

    Conference Call Details

    Weatherford will host a conference call on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, to discuss the Company’s results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024. The conference call will begin at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time (7:30 a.m. Central Time).

    Listeners are encouraged to download the accompanying presentation slides which will be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Listeners can participate in the conference call via a live webcast at https://www.weatherford.com/investor-relations/investor-news-and-events/events/ or by dialing +1 877-328-5344 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-902-6762 (outside of the U.S.) and asking for the Weatherford conference call. Participants should log in or dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the call.

    A telephonic replay of the conference call will be available until November 6, 2024, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. To access the replay, please dial +1 877-344-7529 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-317-0088 (outside of the U.S.) and reference conference number 6410466. A replay and transcript of the earnings call will also be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Contacts

    For Investors:
    Luke Lemoine
    Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations
    +1 713-836-7777
    investor.relations@weatherford.com

    For Media:
    Kelley Hughes
    Senior Director, Communications & Employee Engagement
    +1 713-836-4193
    media@weatherford.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release contains projections and forward-looking statements concerning, among other things, the Company’s quarterly and full-year revenues, adjusted EBITDA*, adjusted EBITDA margin*, adjusted free cash flow*, net leverage*, shareholder return program, forecasts or expectations regarding business outlook, prospects for its operations, capital expenditures, expectations regarding future financial results, and are also generally identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “budget,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “guidance,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs of Weatherford’s management and are subject to significant risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated in our forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are only predictions and may differ materially from actual future events or results, based on factors including but not limited to: global political disturbances, war, terrorist attacks, changes in global trade policies, weak local economic conditions and international currency fluctuations; general global economic repercussions related to U.S. and global inflationary pressures and potential recessionary concerns; various effects from conflicts in the Middle East and the Russia Ukraine conflict, including, but not limited to, nationalization of assets, extended business interruptions, sanctions, treaties and regulations imposed by various countries, associated operational and logistical challenges, and impacts to the overall global energy supply; cybersecurity issues; our ability to comply with, and respond to, climate change, environmental, social and governance and other sustainability initiatives and future legislative and regulatory measures both globally and in specific geographic regions; the potential for a resurgence of a pandemic in a given geographic area and related disruptions to our business, employees, customers, suppliers and other partners; the price and price volatility of, and demand for, oil and natural gas; the macroeconomic outlook for the oil and gas industry; our ability to generate cash flow from operations to fund our operations; our ability to effectively and timely adapt our technology portfolio, products and services to address and participate in changes to the market demands for the transition to alternate sources of energy such as geothermal, carbon capture and responsible abandonment, including our digitalization efforts; our ability to return capital to shareholders, including those related to the timing and amounts (including any plans or commitments in respect thereof) of any dividends and share repurchases; and the realization of additional cost savings and operational efficiencies.

    These risks and uncertainties are more fully described in Weatherford’s reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including the risk factors described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to correct or update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law, and we caution you not to rely on them unduly.

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues:                    
    DRE Revenues   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     $ 1,284     $ 1,154  
    WCC Revenues     509       504       459       1,471       1,320  
    PRI Revenues     371       369       371       1,088       1,086  
    All Other     94       105       95       329       213  
    Total Revenues     1,409       1,405       1,313       4,172       3,773  
                         
    Operating Income:                    
    DRE Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     $ 371     $ 325  
    WCC Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     151       145       119       416       324  
    PRI Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     83       85       86       241       235  
    All Other[2]     23       23       7       73       25  
    Corporate[2]     (13 )     (18 )     (18 )     (45 )     (44 )
    Depreciation and Amortization     (89 )     (86 )     (83 )     (260 )     (244 )
    Share-based Compensation     (10 )     (12 )     (9 )     (35 )     (26 )
    Other (Charges) Credits     (13 )     (3 )     5       (21 )     9  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
                         
    Other Expense:                    
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     (24 )     (24 )     (30 )     (77 )     (92 )
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities     —       (10 )     —       (10 )     (57 )
    Other Expense, Net     (41 )     (20 )     (24 )     (83 ) —   (98 )
    Income Before Income Taxes     178       210       164       570       357  
    Income Tax Provision     (12 )     (73 )     (33 )     (144 )     (55 )
    Net Income     166       137       131       426       302  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
                         
    Basic Income Per Share   $ 2.14     $ 1.71     $ 1.70     $ 5.39     $ 3.85  
    Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     73.2       73.2       72.1       73.1       71.9  
                         
    Diluted Income Per Share[3]   $ 2.06     $ 1.66     $ 1.66     $ 5.25     $ 3.76  
    Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     75.2       75.3       73.7       75.0       73.6  
     
    [1]  Segment adjusted EBITDA is our primary measure of segment profitability under U.S. GAAP ASC 280 “Segment Reporting” and represents segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation expense and other adjustments. Research and development expenses are included in segment adjusted EBITDA.
    [2] All Other results were from non-core business activities related to all other segments (profit and loss) and Corporate includes overhead support and centrally managed or shared facility costs. All Other and Corporate do not individually meet the criteria for segment reporting.
    [3] Included the maximum potentially dilutive shares contingently issuable for an acquisition consideration during the three months ended September 30, 2024, the value of which was adjusted out of Net Income Attributable to Weatherford in calculating diluted income per share.
       
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Balance Sheet Data (Unaudited)
           
    ($ in Millions) September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023
    Assets:      
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 920   $ 958
    Restricted Cash   58     105
    Accounts Receivable, Net   1,231     1,216
    Inventories, Net   919     788
    Property, Plant and Equipment, Net   1,050     957
    Intangibles, Net   356     370
           
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts Payable   723     679
    Accrued Salaries and Benefits   328     387
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   21     168
    Long-term Debt   1,627     1,715
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   1,356     922
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Cash Flows Information (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
        June
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
        September
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
     
    Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                              
    Net Income   $ 166     $ 137     $ 131     $ 426     $ 302  
    Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities:                              
    Depreciation and Amortization   89     86     83     260     244  
    Foreign Exchange Losses   35     8     15     58     73  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities   —     10     —     10     57  
    Gain on Disposition of Assets   (1 )   (25 )   (4 )   (33 )   (11 )
    Deferred Income Tax Provision (Benefit)   (19 )   13     (14 )   8     (67 )
    Share-Based Compensation   10     12     9     35     26  
    Changes in Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Accounts Payable and Accrued Salaries and Benefits   30     (22 )   (73 )   (144 )   (235 )
    Other Changes, Net   (48 )   (69 )   25     (77 )   68  
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   262     150     172     543     457  
                                   
    Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                              
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment   (78 )   (62 )   (42 )   (199 )   (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets   —     8     7     18     21  
    Purchases of Blue Chip Swap Securities   —     (50 )   —     (50 )   (110 )
    Proceeds from Sales of Blue Chip Swap Securities   —     40     —     40     53  
    Business Acquisitions, Net of Cash Acquired   (15 )   —     —     (51 )   (4 )
    Proceeds from Sale of Investments   —     —     —     41     33  
    Other Investing Activities   1     3     (1 )   (6 )   (9 )
    Net Cash Used In Investing Activities   (92 )   (61 )   (36 )   (207 )   (158 )
                                   
    Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                              
    Repayments of Long-term Debt   (5 )   (87 )   (76 )   (264 )   (306 )
    Distributions to Noncontrolling Interests   (10 )   (9 )   (15 )   (19 )   (21 )
    Tax Remittance on Equity Awards Vested   —     (1 )   —     (9 )   (54 )
    Share Repurchases   (50 )   —     —     (50 )   —  
    Dividends Paid   (18 )   —     —     (18 )   —  
    Other Financing Activities   (6 )   (5 )   —     (18 )   (7 )
    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities   $ (89 )   $ (102 )   $ (91 )   $ (378 )   $ (388 )
    Weatherford International plc
    Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined (Unaudited)

    We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). However, Weatherford’s management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined under the SEC’s Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K) may provide users of this financial information additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results of prior periods and comparisons with peer companies. The non-GAAP amounts shown in the following tables should not be considered as substitutes for results reported in accordance with GAAP but should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA* – Adjusted EBITDA* is a non-GAAP measure and represents consolidated income before interest expense, net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and excludes, among other items, restructuring charges, share-based compensation expense, as well as other charges and credits. Management believes adjusted EBITDA* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA margin* – Adjusted EBITDA margin* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing consolidated adjusted EBITDA* by consolidated revenues. Management believes adjusted EBITDA margin* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA margin* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income margin and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted Free Cash Flow* – Adjusted Free Cash Flow* is a non-GAAP measure and represents cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, less capital expenditures plus proceeds from the disposition of assets. Management believes adjusted free cash flow* is useful to understand our performance at generating cash and demonstrates our discipline around the use of cash. Adjusted free cash flow* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for cash flows provided by operating activities and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Net Debt* – Net Debt* is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated taking short and long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Management believes the net debt* is useful to assess the level of debt in excess of cash and cash and equivalents as we monitor our ability to repay and service our debt. Net debt* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for overall debt and total cash and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s results prepared in accordance with GAAP.​

    Net Leverage* – Net Leverage* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing by taking net debt* divided by adjusted EBITDA* for the trailing 12 months. Management believes the net leverage* is useful to understand our ability to repay and service our debt. Net leverage* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for the individual components of above defined net debt* divided by consolidated net income attributable to Weatherford and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    *Non-GAAP – as defined above and reconciled to the GAAP measures in the section titled GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled (Unaudited)
     
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Margin in Percentages)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues   $ 1,409     $ 1,405     $ 1,313     $ 4,172     $ 3,773  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Margin     11.1 %     8.9 %     9.4 %     9.4 %     7.3 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin*     25.2 %     26.0 %     23.2 %     25.3 %     22.9 %
                         
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Income Tax Provision     12       73       33       144       55  
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     24       24       30       77       92  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities     —       10       —       10       57  
    Other Expense, Net     41       20       24       83       98  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
    Depreciation and Amortization     89       86       83       260       244  
    Other Charges (Credits)[1]     13       3       (5 )     21       (9 )
    Share-Based Compensation     10       12       9       35       26  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
                         
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   $ 262     $ 150     $ 172     $ 543     $ 457  
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment     (78 )     (62 )     (42 )     (199 )     (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets     —       8       7       18       21  
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow*   $ 184     $ 96     $ 137     $ 362     $ 336  
    [1]  Other charges (credits) in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, primarily includes fees to third-party financial institutions to facilitate loans between those financial institutions and our largest customer in Mexico, who in turn paid certain of our outstanding receivables.

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled Continued (Unaudited)
     
                   
         
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
     
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Total Debt   $ 1,648   $ 1,648   $ 1,955  
                   
    Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 920   $ 862   $ 839  
    Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Total Cash   $ 978   $ 920   $ 946  
                   
    Components of Net Debt              
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents     920     862     839  
    Less: Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Net Debt*   $ 670   $ 728   $ 1,009  
                   
    Net Income for trailing 12 months   $ 534   $ 500   $ 359  
    Adjusted EBITDA* for trailing 12 months   $ 1,377   $ 1,327   $ 1,131  
                   
    Net Leverage* (Net Debt*/Adjusted EBITDA*)     0.5 x   0.5 x   0.9 x
     

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2024 Third Quarter Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CHAMPAIGN, Ill., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE)

     Net Income of $32.0 million
    Diluted EPS of $0.55


    THIRD QUARTER 2024 HIGHLIGHTS

    • Adjusted net income1 of $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share
    • Noninterest income of $36.0 million, or 30.5% of operating revenue1
    • Record high quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment
    • Tangible book value per common share1 of $18.19 at September 30, 2024, compared to $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, a year-over-year increase of 20.7%
    • Tangible common equity1 increased to 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023
    • Announced transformative partnership with CrossFirst Bankshares

    For additional information, please refer to the 3Q24 Earnings Investor Presentation.

    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    Third Quarter Financial Results

    Net income for First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was $32.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, or $0.55 per diluted common share, compared to $27.4 million, or $0.47 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024, and $30.7 million, or $0.54 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted net income1, which excludes the impact of acquisition and restructuring expenses, was $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $29.0 million, or $0.50 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024 and $30.7 million or $0.55 per diluted common share for the third quarter of 2023. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.06% and 12.80%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets1 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.11% and 13.41%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024.

    Third quarter results included $0.8 million in net securities gains, nearly all of which were unrealized, as well as immaterial follow-on adjustments from the mortgage servicing rights sale previously announced in the first quarter of 2024. Excluding these items, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023. Further adjusted net income1 was $32.9 million for the third quarter of 2024 with these items excluded, equating to further adjusted earnings1 of $0.57 per diluted common share.

    Pre-provision net revenue1 was $41.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $41.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $38.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.38% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.37% for the second quarter of 2024, and 1.24% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1 was $44.1 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $42.6 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $40.5 million for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.46% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.42% for the second quarter of 2024 and 1.32% for the third quarter of 2023.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Total noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments contributed $16.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively, to our noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024, representing 60.4% of noninterest income on a combined basis.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses and restructuring charges, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Non-operating pretax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses1 were $1.9 million in the third quarter of 2024. Busey believes that its non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 1) facilitate the assessment of its financial results and peer comparability. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures in tabular form, see “Non-GAAP Financial Information“.

    We remain deliberate in our efforts to prudently manage our expense base and operating efficiency given the economic outlook. Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1, which excludes the amortization of intangible assets and new markets tax credits, acquisition and restructuring expenses, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The year-over-year comparable period growth in adjusted core expense can be attributed primarily to the acquisition of M&M and general inflationary pressures on compensation and benefits and to a lesser extent certain other expense categories.

    Quarterly pre-tax expense synergies resulting from our acquisition of Merchants and Manufacturers Bank Corporation (the “M&M acquisition”) are anticipated to be $1.6 million to $1.7 million per quarter when fully realized. Quarterly run-rate savings are projected to be achieved by the first quarter of 2025. During the third quarter of 2024, we achieved approximately 79% of the full quarterly savings. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Planned Partnership with CrossFirst

    On August 26, 2024, Busey and CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which CrossFirst will merge with and into Busey (the “merger”) and CrossFirst’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CrossFirst Bank, will merge with and into Busey Bank. This partnership will create a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 77 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas—and approximately $20 billion in combined assets, $17 billion in total deposits, $15 billion in total loans, and $14 billion in wealth assets under care.

    Under the terms of the merger agreement, CrossFirst stockholders will have the right to receive for each share of CrossFirst common stock 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock. Upon completion of the transaction, Busey’s stockholders will own approximately 63.5% of the combined company and CrossFirst’s stockholders will own approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Completion of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including the approval of both Busey and CrossFirst stockholders and the regulatory approvals for the merger and the bank merger. With approvals, the parties expect to close the merger in the first or second quarter of 2025. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name and the combined bank will operate under the Busey Bank name. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will merge with and into Busey Bank in mid-2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank. In connection with the merger, Busey incurred one-time pretax acquisition-related expenses of $1.3 million during the third quarter of 2024.

    For further details on the merger, see Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing the merger, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 27, 2024.

    Busey’s Conservative Banking Strategy

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. Our granular deposit base continues to position us well, with core deposits1 representing 96.5% of our deposits as of September 30, 2024. Our retail deposit base was comprised of more than 253,000 accounts with an average balance of $22 thousand and an average tenure of 16.7 years as of September 30, 2024. Our commercial deposit base was comprised of more than 33,000 accounts with an average balance of $97 thousand and an average tenure of 12.6 years as of September 30, 2024. We estimate that 29% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized2 as of September 30, 2024, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    Asset quality remains strong by both Busey’s historical and current industry trends. Non-performing assets decreased to $8.3 million during the third quarter of 2024, representing 0.07% of total assets. Busey’s results for the third quarter of 2024 include an insignificant provision expense for credit losses and a $0.4 million provision expense for unfunded commitments. The allowance for credit losses was $85.0 million as of September 30, 2024, representing 1.09% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 10.34 times our non-performing loan balance. Busey recorded net charge-offs of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, our commercial real estate loan portfolio of investor-owned office properties within Central Business District3 areas was minimal at $2.1 million. Our credit performance continues to reflect our highly diversified, conservatively underwritten loan portfolio, which has been originated predominantly to established customers with tenured relationships with our company.

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. In the third quarter of 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio4 was 13.78% and our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio4 was 18.19%. Our regulatory capital ratios continue to provide a buffer of more than $580 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Our Tangible Common Equity ratio1 increased to 8.96% during the third quarter of 2024, compared to 8.36% for the second quarter of 2024 and 7.06% for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. During the third quarter of 2024, we paid a common share dividend of $0.24.

    Community Banking

    In July 2024—based on their community involvement and academic achievements—Busey awarded 10 deserving students from across Busey’s footprint in Illinois, Missouri, Florida, and Indiana, a $2,500 scholarship to support their continuing education and bright futures. With 70 applications received, and a record number of eligible applicants, the students with the top scores, as determined by Busey’s Scholarship Committee, averaged a 4.16 GPA. Since the inception of the Busey Bank Bridge Scholarship program in 2022, Busey has awarded 30 scholarships to deserving students for a total $75,000. Full details on the scholarship’s eligibility criteria and application process can be found at https://www.busey.com/busey/busey-bank-bridge-scholarship.

    As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum and our strategic growth plans, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders. With our strong capital position, an attractive core funding base, and a sound credit foundation, we remain confident that we are well positioned as we move into the final quarter of 2024 and into 2025. We are mindful of the evolving economic outlook and remain focused on balance sheet strength, profitability, and growth, in that order. The pending CrossFirst transaction fits with our acquisition strategy and we are excited to welcome our CrossFirst colleagues into the Busey family.

        Van A. Dukeman
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
        First Busey Corporation
     
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    EARNINGS & PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Diluted earnings per common share   0.55       0.47       0.54       1.49       1.72  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.24       0.24       0.24       0.72       0.72  
    Pre-provision net revenue1, 2   41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Operating revenue2   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                       
    Net income by operating segment:                  
    Banking   33,221       26,697       31,189       86,410       98,689  
    FirsTech   (61 )     28       317       53       505  
    Wealth Management   5,618       5,561       4,781       16,177       14,571  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCES                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 502,127     $ 346,381     $ 252,730     $ 480,979     $ 237,370  
    Investment securities   2,666,269       2,737,313       3,148,759       2,769,862       3,254,054  
    Loans held for sale   11,539       9,353       2,267       8,585       1,955  
    Portfolio loans   7,869,798       8,010,636       7,834,285       7,826,741       7,767,378  
    Interest-earning assets   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
    Total assets   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                       
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   2,706,858       2,816,293       2,925,244       2,743,777       3,082,884  
    Interest-bearing deposits   7,296,921       7,251,582       7,217,463       7,292,884       6,886,277  
    Total deposits   10,003,779       10,067,875       10,142,707       10,036,661       9,969,161  
                       
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   132,688       144,370       190,112       151,835       207,014  
    Interest-bearing liabilities   7,731,459       7,725,832       7,864,355       7,762,867       7,748,218  
    Total liabilities   10,643,325       10,757,877       10,994,376       10,716,295       11,029,374  
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,364,377       1,331,815       1,208,407       1,324,119       1,195,858  
    Tangible common equity2   994,657       955,591       850,382       957,788       835,204  
                       
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS                  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1, 2, 3   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Return on average assets3   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Return on average common equity3   9.33 %     8.26 %     10.07 %     8.63 %     10.82 %
    Return on average tangible common equity2, 3   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Net interest margin2, 4   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Efficiency ratio2   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue2   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                       
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION                  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1, 2 $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
    Adjusted net income2   33,533       29,016       30,730       89,080       96,889  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share2   0.58       0.50       0.55       1.55       1.72  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2, 3   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %
    Adjusted return on average assets2, 3   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity2, 3   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %
    Adjusted net interest margin2, 4   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio2   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding securities gains and losses, less noninterest expense.
    2. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.
    3. For quarterly periods, measures are annualized.
    4. On a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 21%.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 553,709     $ 285,269     $ 337,919  
    Debt securities available for sale   1,818,117       1,829,896       2,182,841  
    Debt securities held to maturity   838,883       851,261       882,614  
    Equity securities   10,315       9,618       8,782  
    Loans held for sale   11,523       11,286       3,051  
               
    Commercial loans   5,631,281       5,799,214       5,824,800  
    Retail real estate and retail other loans   2,177,816       2,199,698       2,031,360  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
               
    Allowance for credit losses   (84,981 )     (85,226 )     (91,710 )
    Premises and equipment   120,279       121,647       122,538  
    Right of use asset   11,100       11,137       11,500  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   368,249       370,580       356,343  
    Other assets   530,548       567,036       588,212  
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 2,683,543     $ 2,832,776     $ 2,918,574  
    Interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits   5,739,773       5,619,470       5,747,136  
    Time deposits   1,519,925       1,523,889       1,666,652  
    Total deposits   9,943,241       9,976,135       10,332,362  
               
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   128,429       140,283       183,702  
    Short-term borrowings   —       —       12,000  
    Long-term debt   227,482       227,245       243,666  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   74,754       74,693       71,946  
    Lease liability   11,470       11,469       11,783  
    Other liabilities   198,579       207,781       212,633  
    Total liabilities   10,583,955       10,637,606       11,068,092  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   279,868       261,820       224,698  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (170,913 )     (220,326 )     (290,730 )
    Other1   1,293,929       1,292,316       1,256,190  
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,402,884       1,333,810       1,190,158  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share $ 24.67     $ 23.50     $ 21.51  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net balance of common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    INTEREST INCOME                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 111,336     $ 109,641     $ 99,844     $ 320,302     $ 284,423  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities   18,072       19,173       21,234       57,182       62,360  
    Other interest income   5,092       3,027       1,591       14,590       3,890  
    Total interest income $ 134,500     $ 131,841     $ 122,669     $ 392,074     $ 350,673  
                       
    INTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Deposits $ 46,634     $ 43,709     $ 37,068     $ 134,311     $ 78,576  
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   981       1,040       1,327       3,393       3,772  
    Short-term borrowings   26       418       1,964       676       12,527  
    Long-term debt   3,181       3,181       3,528       9,767       10,631  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   1,137       1,059       991       3,185       2,849  
    Total interest expense $ 51,959     $ 49,407     $ 44,878     $ 151,332     $ 108,355  
                       
    Net interest income $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Provision for credit losses   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 82,539     $ 80,157     $ 77,427     $ 233,425     $ 240,374  
                       
    NONINTEREST INCOME                  
    Wealth management fees $ 15,378     $ 15,917     $ 14,235     $ 46,844     $ 43,594  
    Fees for customer services   8,168       7,798       7,502       23,022       21,560  
    Payment technology solutions   5,265       5,915       5,226       16,889       15,772  
    Mortgage revenue   355       478       311       1,579       871  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,189       1,442       1,001       4,050       3,682  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights   (18 )     277       —       7,724       —  
    Net securities gains (losses)   822       (353 )     (285 )     (5,906 )     (2,960 )
    Other noninterest income   4,792       2,327       3,018       10,550       8,349  
    Total noninterest income $ 35,951     $ 33,801     $ 31,008     $ 104,752     $ 90,868  
                       
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 44,593     $ 43,478     $ 39,677     $ 130,161     $ 119,867  
    Data processing expense   6,910       7,100       5,930       20,560       17,472  
    Net occupancy expense of premises   4,633       4,590       4,594       13,943       13,896  
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,647       1,695       1,638       5,155       5,065  
    Professional fees   3,118       2,495       1,542       7,866       4,573  
    Amortization of intangible assets   2,548       2,629       2,555       7,586       7,953  
    Interchange expense   1,352       1,733       1,786       4,696       5,509  
    FDIC insurance   1,413       1,460       1,475       4,273       4,483  
    Other noninterest expense   9,712       10,357       11,748       27,992       31,735  
    Total noninterest expense $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
                       
    Income before income taxes $ 42,564     $ 38,421     $ 37,490     $ 115,945     $ 120,689  
    Income taxes   10,560       11,064       6,824       30,359       23,873  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
                       
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Basic earnings per common share $ 0.56     $ 0.48     $ 0.55     $ 1.52     $ 1.75  
    Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Average common shares outstanding   57,033,359       56,919,025       55,486,700       56,458,430       55,441,980  
    Diluted average common shares outstanding   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                                           

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    Our balance sheet remains a source of strength. Total assets were $11.99 billion as of September 30, 2024, compared to $11.97 billion as of June 30, 2024, and $12.26 billion as of September 30, 2023.

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters, and this approach has impacted loan growth as predicted. Portfolio loans totaled $7.81 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $8.00 billion at June 30, 2024, and $7.86 billion at September 30, 2023.

    Average portfolio loans were $7.87 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $8.01 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $7.83 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Average interest-earning assets were $10.94 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.99 billion for the second quarter of 2024, and $11.12 billion for the third quarter of 2023.

    Total deposits were $9.94 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $9.98 billion at June 30, 2024, and $10.33 billion at September 30, 2023. Average deposits were $10.00 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.07 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $10.14 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Deposit fluctuations over the last several quarters were driven by a number of elements, including (1) seasonal factors, including ordinary course public fund flows and fluctuations in the normal course of business operations of certain core commercial customers, (2) the macroeconomic environment, including prevailing interest rates and inflationary pressures, (3) depositors moving some funds to accounts at competitors offering above-market rates, and (4) deposits moving within the Busey ecosystem between deposit accounts and our wealth management group. Core deposits1 accounted for 96.5% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024. Cost of deposits was 1.85% in the third quarter of 2024, which represents an increase of 10 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Excluding time deposits, Busey’s cost of deposits was 1.50% in the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 14 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Non-maturity deposit cost of funds has increased as Busey Bank continues to offer savings account specials to customers with larger account balances, with the intention of migrating maturing CDs to these managed rate products. Pressure on non-interest bearing deposits along with some elevated balances of higher rate seasonal business and public funds accounts also contributed to increases in overall deposit funding cost during the quarter. Spot rates on total deposit costs, including noninterest bearing deposits, increased by 5 basis points from 1.75% at June 30, 2024, to 1.80% at September 30, 2024. Spot rates on interest bearing deposits increased by 1 basis point from 2.45% at June 30, 2024 to 2.46% at September 30, 2024.

    There were no short term borrowings as of September 30 or June 30, 2024, compared to $12.0 million at September 30, 2023. We had no borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) at the end of the third quarter of 2024, the second quarter of 2024, or the third quarter of 2023. We have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers. As of September 30, 2024, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $6.37 billion. We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the third quarter of 2024 had a weighted average term of 8.1 months at a rate of 4.18%, 67 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $81.1 million in the third quarter of 2024. For the remainder of 2024, cash flows from our securities portfolio are expected to be approximately $97.1 million with a current book yield of 2.18%.

    ASSET QUALITY

    Credit quality continues to be strong. Loans 30-89 days past due totaled $10.1 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $23.5 million as of June 30, 2024, and $5.9 million as of September 30, 2023. The decrease in loans that were 30-89 days past due is primarily attributable to a single commercial real estate loan in the second quarter that is no longer past due as of September 30, 2024. Non-performing loans were $8.2 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $9.1 million as of June 30, 2024, and $12.0 million as of September 30, 2023. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.11% as of both September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and 0.15% as of September 30, 2023. Non-performing assets were 0.07% of total assets for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 0.08% for the second quarter of 2024 and 0.10% for the third quarter of 2023. Our total classified assets were $89.0 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $95.8 million at June 30, 2024, and $59.6 million at September 30, 2023. Our ratio of classified assets to estimated bank Tier 1 capital4 and reserves remains low by historical standards, at 5.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 6.4% as of June 30, 2024, and 4.1% as of September 30, 2023.

    Net charge-offs were $0.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.9 million for the second quarter of 2024, and $0.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. Charge-offs in the second quarter of 2024 were primarily in connection with a single commercial and industrial credit relationship that also experienced a partial charge-off during the first quarter of 2024. The allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans was 1.09% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1.07% as of June 30, 2024, and 1.17% as of September 30, 2023. The ratio was impacted in 2024 by the acquisition of M&M’s Life Equity Loan® portfolio, as Busey did not record an allowance for credit loss for these loans due to no expected credit loss at default, as permitted under the practical expedient provided within the Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-35-6. The allowance coverage for non-performing loans was 10.34 times as of September 30, 2024, compared to 9.36 times as of June 30, 2024, and 7.64 times as of September 30, 2023.

    Busey maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment.

     
    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
               
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   10,141       23,463       5,934  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   8,192       8,393       11,298  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   25       712       709  
    Non-performing loans $ 8,217     $ 9,105     $ 12,007  
    Non-performing loans, segregated by geography:          
    Illinois / Indiana $ 3,981     $ 5,793     $ 7,951  
    Missouri   3,530       3,089       3,747  
    Florida   706       222       309  
    Other non-performing assets   64       90       96  
    Non-performing assets $ 8,281     $ 9,195     $ 12,103  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 84,981     $ 85,226     $ 91,710  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.07 %     0.08 %     0.10 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.09 %     1.07 %     1.17 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 10.34 x   9.36 x   7.64 x
    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 247     $ 9,856     $ 293     $ 15,319     $ 1,842  
    Provision expense (release)   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
                                           

    NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME

    Net interest margin1 was 3.02% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.03% for the second quarter of 2024 and 2.80% for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin1 was 2.97% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.00% in the second quarter of 2024 and 2.79% in the third quarter of 2023. Net interest income was $82.5 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $82.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $77.8 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    After raising federal funds rates by a total of 525 basis points between March 2022 and July 2023, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) lowered rates by 50 basis points in September 2024. In anticipation of the FOMC pivot to an easing cycle, we limited our exposure to term funding structures and intentionally priced savings specials to encourage maturing CD balances to migrate to managed rate non-maturity products. During September we began lowering rates on special priced deposit accounts and other managed rate products to benefit from the FOMC rate cuts. In addition, approximately 6% of our deposit portfolio is indexed and immediately repriced with the rate cuts by the FOMC. With our short duration CD balances comprising only 15% of the deposit funding base, we also have the ability to quickly reprice the book at lower market rates. We continue to offer CD specials with shorter term structures as well as offering attractive premium savings rates to encourage rotation of maturing CD deposits into nimble pricing products. Components of the 1 basis point decrease in net interest margin1 during the third quarter of 2024 include:

    • Increased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed +3 basis points
    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting contributed +2 basis points
    • Reduced borrowing expense +2 basis points
    • Reduced time deposit funding costs contributed +1 basis point
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -11 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 2.1% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet restructuring strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the third quarter of 2024. Since the onset of the current FOMC tightening cycle that began in the first quarter of 2022, our cumulative interest-bearing non-maturity deposit beta peaked at 41%. Our total deposit beta for the completed tightening cycle was 34%. Deposit betas were calculated based on an average federal funds rate of 5.43% during the third quarter of 2024. The average federal funds rate decreased by 7 basis points compared to the average rate of 5.50% in the second quarter of 2024.

    NONINTEREST INCOME

    Noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and immaterial follow-on adjustments from the previously announced mortgage servicing rights sale, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024, and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023.

    Consolidated wealth management fees were $15.4 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $15.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $14.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Wealth management fees for the third quarter of 2024 declined by 3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024 primarily based on seasonal tax preparation fees. On a segment basis, Wealth Management generated $16.2 million in revenue during the third quarter of 2024, a 12.7% increase over revenue of $14.4 million for the third quarter of 2023. Approximately $0.8 million of revenue attributed to the wealth segment is reported on a consolidated basis as part of other noninterest income. Third quarter of 2024 results marked a new record high reported quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment. The Wealth Management operating segment generated net income of $5.6 million in both the third quarter of 2024 and the second quarter of 2024, compared to $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the third quarter of 2024 with $13.69 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.02 billion at the end of the second quarter of 2024 and $11.55 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2023. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark6 over the last three and five years.

    Payment technology solutions revenue was $5.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $5.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $5.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding intracompany eliminations, the FirsTech operating segment generated revenue of $5.6 million during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $6.2 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.7 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Noninterest income generated from our Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments comprised 60.4% of our total noninterest income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, providing a balance to spread-based revenue from traditional banking activities.

    Fees for customer services were $8.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $7.5 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Net securities gains were $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, comprised primarily of unrealized gains on equity securities.

    Other noninterest income was $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $3.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. Revenue associated with certain wealth management activities reported as other noninterest income on a consolidated basis was $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.2 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Fluctuations in other noninterest income are primarily attributable to increases in venture capital investments, referral fees, and swap origination fees, partially offset by decreases in commercial loan sales gains. Increases for the year also reflect the addition of Life Equity Loan® servicing income beginning in the second quarter of 2024.

    OPERATING EFFICIENCY

    Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million for the third quarter of 2023. The efficiency ratio1 was 62.1% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 62.3% for the second quarter of 2024, and 62.4% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1 was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The adjusted core efficiency ratio1 was 60.2% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 60.9% for the second quarter of 2024, and 60.2% for the third quarter of 2023. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses were $44.6 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $39.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating salaries, wages, and employee benefit expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $1.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. The increase in the third quarter of 2024 over the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributable to performance metrics tied to bonus and equity compensation. Our associate-base consisted of 1,510 full-time equivalents as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1,520 as of June 30, 2024, and 1,484 as of September 30, 2023. The increase in our associate-base in the second quarter of 2024 was largely due to the M&M acquisition.
    • Data processing expense was $6.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating data processing expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees were $3.1 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.5 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $1.4 million of non-operating professional fees in the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $0.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million in the third quarter of 2023.
    • Other noninterest expense was $9.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $11.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.4 million of non-operating costs in other noninterest expense in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. In connection with Busey’s adoption of ASU 2023-02 on January 1, 2024, Busey began recording amortization of New Markets Tax Credits as income tax expense instead of other operating expense, which resulted in a decrease to other operating expenses of $2.3 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. Other items contributing to the fluctuations in other noninterest expense included the provision for unfunded commitments, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, fixed asset impairment, marketing, business development, and expenses related to recruiting and onboarding.

    Busey’s effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2024 was 24.8%, which was lower than the combined federal and state statutory rate of approximately 28.0% due to the impact of tax exempt interest income, such as municipal bond interest, bank owned life insurance income, and investments in various federal and state tax credits.

    Effective tax rates were higher in 2024, compared to 2023, due to the adoption of ASU 2023-02 in January 2024. Upon adoption of ASU 2023-02 Busey elected to use the proportional amortization method of accounting for equity investments made primarily for the purpose of receiving income tax credits. The proportional amortization method results in the cost of the investment being amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization of the investment and the income tax credits being presented net in the income statement as a component of income tax expense as opposed to being presented on a gross basis on the income statement as a component of noninterest expense and income tax expense.

    CAPITAL STRENGTH

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. On October 25, 2024, Busey will pay a cash dividend of $0.24 per common share to stockholders of record as of October 18, 2024. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    As of September 30, 2024, Busey continued to exceed the capital adequacy requirements necessary to be considered “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory guidelines. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated4 to be 13.78% at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.20% at June 30, 2024, and 12.52% at September 30, 2023. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated4 to be 18.19% at September 30, 2024, compared to 17.50% at June 30, 2024, and 16.72% at September 30, 2023.

    Busey’s tangible common equity1 was $1.04 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $970.9 million at June 30, 2024, and $841.2 million at September 30, 2023. Tangible common equity1 represented 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair value adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    THIRD QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to the Q3 2024 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8-K on October 22, 2024, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of September 30, 2024, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was an $11.99 billion financial holding company headquartered in Champaign, Illinois.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation, had total assets of $11.95 billion as of September 30, 2024, and is headquartered in Champaign, Illinois. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.69 billion as of September 30, 2024. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the first time, Busey was named among the World’s Best Banks for 2024 by Forbes, earning a spot on the list among 68 U.S. banks and 403 banks worldwide. Additionally, Busey Bank was honored to be named among America’s Best Banks by Forbes magazine for the third consecutive year. Ranked 40th overall in 2024, Busey was the second-ranked bank headquartered in Illinois of the six that made this year’s list and the highest-ranked bank of those with more than $10 billion in assets. Busey is humbled to be named among the 2023 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2023 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    For more information about us, visit busey.com.

    Category: Financial
    Source: First Busey Corporation

    Contacts:

    Jeffrey D. Jones, Chief Financial Officer
    217-365-4130

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring noninterest items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    Below is a reconciliation to what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures—specifically, net interest income, total noninterest income, net security gains and losses, and total noninterest expense in the case of pre-provision net revenue, adjusted pre-provision net revenue, pre-provision net revenue to average assets, and adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets; net income in the case of adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share, adjusted return on average assets, average tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity, adjusted return on average tangible common equity; net income and net security gains and losses in the case of further adjusted net income and further adjusted diluted earnings per share; net interest income in the case of adjusted net interest income and adjusted net interest margin; net interest income, total noninterest income, and total noninterest expense in the case of adjusted noninterest income, adjusted noninterest expense, noninterest expense excluding non-operating adjustments, adjusted core expense, efficiency ratio, adjusted efficiency ratio, and adjusted core efficiency ratio; net interest income, total noninterest income, net securities gains and losses, and net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights in the case of operating revenue and adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue; total assets and goodwill and other intangible assets in the case of tangible assets; total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible book value per common share; total assets and total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible common equity and tangible common equity to tangible assets; and total deposits in the case of core deposits and core deposits to total deposits.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue, Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue,
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets, and
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    PRE-PROVISION NET REVENUE                     
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Total noninterest expense     (75,926 )     (75,537 )     (70,945 )     (222,232 )     (210,553 )
    Pre-provision net revenue     41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     407       (369 )     13       (640 )     (357 )
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits     —       —       2,260       —       6,740  
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights     18       (277 )     —       (7,724 )     —  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue   $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
                         
    Pre-provision net revenue, annualized [a] $ 166,069     $ 165,106     $ 151,312     $ 172,538     $ 167,917  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue, annualized [b]   175,457       171,405       160,644       167,450       176,573  
    Average total assets [c]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [a÷c]   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Adjusted: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [b÷c]   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, Adjusted Return on Average Assets, Average Tangible Common Equity, Return on Average Tangible Common Equity, and Adjusted Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR NON-OPERATING ITEMS                    
    Net income [a] $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Non-GAAP adjustments for non-operating expenses:                    
    Acquisition expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     73       1,137       —       1,210       —  
    Data processing     90       344       —       534       —  
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     1,772       731       79       2,688       91  
    Restructuring expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     —       —       —       123       —  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Related tax benefit1     (406 )     (553 )     (15 )     (1,061 )     (18 )
    Adjusted net income [b] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
                         
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE                    
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [c]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Reported: Diluted earnings per share [a÷c] $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [b÷c] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS                    
    Net income, annualized [d] $ 127,320     $ 110,029     $ 121,664     $ 114,323     $ 129,443  
    Adjusted net income, annualized [e]   133,403       116,702       121,918       118,990       129,540  
    Average total assets [f]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Return on average assets2 [d÷f]   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted: Return on average assets2 [e÷f]   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY                    
    Average common equity   $ 1,364,377     $ 1,331,815     $ 1,208,407     $ 1,324,119     $ 1,195,858  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (369,720 )     (376,224 )     (358,025 )     (366,331 )     (360,654 )
    Average tangible common equity [g] $ 994,657     $ 955,591     $ 850,382     $ 957,788     $ 835,204  
                         
    Reported: Return on average tangible common equity2 [d÷g]   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Adjusted: Return on average tangible common equity2 [e÷g]   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Year-to-date tax benefits were calculated by multiplying year-to-date acquisition and restructuring expenses by the effective income tax rate for each year-to-date period, which for 2024 excludes a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations and deductibility of certain acquisition expenses. Tax rates used in these calculations were 23.3% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Quarterly tax benefits were calculated as the year-to-date tax benefit amounts less the sum of amounts applied to previous quarters during the year, equating to tax rates of 21.0%, 25.0%, and 19.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Further Adjusted Net Income and Further Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Adjusted net income1 [a] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
    Further non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net securities (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )     —       (7,724 )     —  
    Tax effect for further non-GAAP adjustments2     199       (19 )     (52 )     453       (585 )
    Tax effected further non-GAAP adjustments3     (605 )     57       233       (1,365 )     2,375  
    Further adjusted net income3 [b] $ 32,928     $ 29,073     $ 30,963     $ 87,715     $ 99,264  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4     —       1,446       —       1,446       —  
    Further adjusted net income, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment3 [c] $ 32,928     $ 30,519     $ 30,963     $ 89,161     $ 99,264  
                         
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [d]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [a÷d] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
    Further Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share3 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.53     $ 1.77  
    Further Adjusted, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment: Diluted earnings per share3 [c÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.77  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure. See the table on the previous page for a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure.
    2. Tax effects for further non-GAAP adjustments were calculated by multiplying further non-GAAP adjustments by the effective income tax rate for each period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the rate that we used excluded a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations. Effective income tax rates that we used to calculate the tax effect were 24.8%, 25.0%, and 18.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and were 24.9% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    3. Tax-effected measure.
    4. An estimated one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment of $1.4 million resulted from a change to our Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations.
     
    Adjusted Net Interest Income and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income     82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (1,338 )     (812 )     (277 )     (2,354 )     (1,093 )
    Adjusted net interest income   $ 81,599     $ 82,024     $ 78,067     $ 239,635     $ 242,897  
                         
    Tax-equivalent net interest income, annualized [a] $ 329,945     $ 333,165     $ 310,821     $ 323,241     $ 326,214  
    Adjusted net interest income, annualized [b]   324,622       329,899       309,722       320,096       324,752  
    Average interest-earning assets [c]   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
                         
    Reported: Net interest margin2 [a÷c]   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Adjusted: Net interest margin2 [b÷c]   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Operating Revenue, Adjusted Noninterest Income to Operating Revenue, Noninterest Expense Excluding Amortization of Intangible Assets, Adjusted Noninterest Expense,
    Adjusted Core Expense, Noninterest Expense Excluding Non-Operating Adjustments,
    Efficiency Ratio, Adjusted Efficiency Ratio, and Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income [a] $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income [b]   82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
                         
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses [c]   35,129       34,154       31,293       110,658       93,828  
    Further adjustments:                    
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )     —       (7,724 )     —  
    Adjusted noninterest income [d] $ 35,147     $ 33,877     $ 31,293     $ 102,934     $ 93,828  
                         
    Tax-equivalent revenue [e = b+c] $ 118,066     $ 116,990     $ 109,637     $ 352,647     $ 337,818  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue [f = b+d]   118,084       116,713       109,637       344,923       337,818  
    Operating revenue [g = a+d]   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                         
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue [d÷g]   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                         
    Total noninterest expense   $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Amortization of intangible assets [h]   (2,548 )     (2,629 )     (2,555 )     (7,586 )     (7,953 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets [i]   73,378       72,908       68,390       214,646       202,600  
    Non-operating adjustments:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     (73 )     (1,137 )     —       (1,333 )     —  
    Data processing     (90 )     (344 )     —       (534 )     —  
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     (1,772 )     (731 )     (79 )     (2,688 )     (91 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense [j]   71,443       70,696       68,311       210,091       202,509  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     (407 )     369       (13 )     640       357  
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits     —       —       (2,260 )     —       (6,740 )
    Adjusted core expense [k] $ 71,036     $ 71,065     $ 66,038     $ 210,731     $ 196,126  
                         
    Noninterest expense, excluding non-operating adjustments [j-h] $ 73,991     $ 73,325     $ 70,866     $ 217,677     $ 210,462  
                         
    Reported: Efficiency ratio [i÷e]   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted: Efficiency ratio [j÷f]   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %
    Adjusted: Core efficiency ratio [k÷f]   60.16 %     60.89 %     60.23 %     61.10 %     58.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
     
    Tangible Book Value and Tangible Book Value Per Common Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tangible book value [a] $ 1,034,635     $ 963,230     $ 833,815  
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding [b]   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  
                 
    Tangible book value per common share [a÷b] $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
     
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets   $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible assets2 [a] $ 11,625,768     $ 11,608,523     $ 11,909,261  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible common equity2 [b] $ 1,041,813     $ 970,917     $ 841,169  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets2 [b÷a]   8.96 %     8.36 %     7.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net of estimated deferred tax liability, calculated using the estimated statutory tax rate of 28%.
    2. Tax-effected measure.
     
    Core Deposits, Core Deposits to Total Deposits, and Portfolio Loans to Core Deposits
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Portfolio loans [a] $ 7,809,097     $ 7,998,912     $ 7,856,160  
                 
    Total deposits [b] $ 9,943,241     $ 9,976,135     $ 10,332,362  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (13,089 )     (43,089 )     (6,055 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (338,808 )     (314,461 )     (350,276 )
    Core deposits [c] $ 9,591,344     $ 9,618,585     $ 9,976,031  
                 
    RATIOS            
    Core deposits to total deposits [c÷b]   96.46 %     96.42 %     96.55 %
    Portfolio loans to core deposits [a÷c]   81.42 %     83.16 %     78.75 %
                             

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) risks related to the proposed transaction with CrossFirst, including (i) the possibility that the proposed transaction will not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, stockholder, or other approvals are not received or other conditions to the closing are not satisfied on a timely basis or at all, or are obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated (and the risk that required regulatory approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the proposed transaction); (ii) the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction will not be realized when expected or at all, including as a result of the impact of, or problems arising from, the integration of the two companies or as a result of the strength of the economy and competitive factors in the areas where Busey and CrossFirst do business; (iii) the possibility that the merger may be more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or events; (iv) diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; (v) the possibility that Busey may be unable to achieve expected synergies and operating efficiencies in the merger within the expected timeframes or at all, and to successfully integrate CrossFirst’s operations with those of Busey or that such integration may be more difficult, time consuming or costly than expected; (vi) revenues following the proposed transaction may be lower than expected; and (vii) shareholder litigation that could prevent or delay the closing of the proposed transaction or otherwise negatively impact our business and operations; (2) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economy (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) changes in state and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies concerning Busey’s general business (including changes in response to the failures of other banks or as a result of the upcoming 2024 presidential election); (5) changes in accounting policies and practices; (6) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (7) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (8) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (9) the loss of key executives or associates; (10) changes in consumer spending; (11) unexpected results of other transactions (including the acquisition of M&M); (12) unexpected outcomes of existing or new litigation, investigations, or inquiries involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (13) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio; (14) concentrations within Busey’s loan portfolio (including commercial real estate loans), large loans to certain borrowers, and large deposits from certain clients; (15) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (16) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (17) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (18) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; and (19) the economic impact of exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION AND WHERE TO FIND IT

    Busey has filed a registration statement on Form S‑4 with the SEC to register the shares of Busey’s common stock that will be issued to CrossFirst stockholders in connection with the proposed transaction. The registration statement includes a preliminary joint proxy statement of Busey and CrossFirst, which also constitutes a prospectus of Busey. The definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus will be sent to the stockholders of each of Busey and CrossFirst seeking certain approvals related to the proposed transaction. INVESTORS AND SECURITY HOLDERS OF BUSEY AND CROSSFIRST AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 AND THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS TO BE INCLUDED WITHIN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS FILED OR TO BE FILED WITH THE SEC IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THOSE DOCUMENTS, BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BUSEY, CROSSFIRST, AND THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION. Investors and security holders may obtain a free copies of these documents, as well as other relevant documents filed with the SEC containing information about Busey and CrossFirst, without charge, at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of documents filed with the SEC by Busey will be made available free of charge in the “SEC Filings” section of Busey’s website, https://ir.busey.com. Copies of documents filed with the SEC by CrossFirst will be made available free of charge in the “Investor Relations” section of CrossFirst’s website, https://investors.crossfirstbankshares.com.

    PARTICIPANTS IN SOLICITATION

    Busey, CrossFirst, and certain of their respective directors and executive officers may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction under the rules of the SEC. Information regarding Busey’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on April 12, 2024, and certain other documents filed by Busey with the SEC. Information regarding CrossFirst’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on March 26, 2024, and certain other documents filed by CrossFirst with the SEC. Other information regarding the participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction and a description of their direct and indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, will be contained in the joint proxy statement/prospectus and other relevant materials filed or to be filed with the SEC when they become available. Free copies of these documents, when available, may be obtained as described in the preceding paragraph.

    END NOTES

    1 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    2 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand FDIC insurance limit, less intercompany accounts and collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits).
    3 Central Business District areas within Busey’s footprint include downtown St. Louis, downtown Indianapolis, and downtown Chicago.
    4 Capital amounts and ratios for the third quarter of 2024 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LEAWOOD, Kan., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (Nasdaq: CFB), the bank holding company for CrossFirst Bank, today reported operating results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024.

    The third quarter earnings release can be viewed here: https://investors.crossfirstbankshares.com/financials/quarterly-reports

    Investor Contact
    Mike Daley | CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc.
    913.754.9707 | mike.daley@crossfirstbank.com

    About CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc.

    CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (Nasdaq: CFB) is a Kansas corporation and a registered bank holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, CrossFirst Bank, a full-service financial institution that offers products and services to businesses, professionals, individuals, and families. CrossFirst Bank, headquartered in Leawood, Kansas, has locations in Kansas, Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas, Arizona, Colorado, and New Mexico.

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Baker Hughes Company Announces Third-Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

     Third-quarter highlights

    • Orders of $6.7 billion, including $2.9 billion of IET orders.
    • RPO of $33.4 billion, including record IET RPO of $30.2 billion.
    • Revenue of $6.9 billion, up 4% year-over-year.
    • Attributable net income of $766 million.
    • GAAP diluted EPS of $0.77 and adjusted diluted EPS* of $0.67.
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $1,208 million, up 23% year-over-year.
    • Cash flows from operating activities of $1,010 million and free cash flow* of $754 million.
    • Returns to shareholders of $361 million, including $152 million of share repurchases.

    HOUSTON and LONDON, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Baker Hughes Company (Nasdaq: BKR) (“Baker Hughes” or the “Company”) announced results today for the third quarter of 2024.

    “We delivered another quarter of record EBITDA, highlighted by exceptional operational performance across both segments. Our margins continue to improve at an accelerated pace, with total company EBITDA margins increasing to 17.5%. This marks the highest margin quarter since the company was formed. On the back of our solid third-quarter results and stable outlook, we remain confident in achieving our full-year EBITDA guidance midpoint,” said Lorenzo Simonelli, Baker Hughes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

    “Orders remain at solid levels, with IET orders of $2.9 billion marking the eighth consecutive quarter at or above these levels. IET continued to demonstrate strong order momentum for gas infrastructure and FPSOs, booking the largest ever ICL compressor award from Dubai Petroleum Establishment for the Margham Gas storage facility and two FPSO awards with separate offshore operators.”

    “Overall, our segments continue to make strong progress on their journey toward 20% EBITDA margins, with both segments achieving high-teen margins during the quarter. Our operational discipline and rigor continue to gain traction.”

    “We are also benefiting from the life-cycle attributes of our service offerings and the breadth of our portfolio. With significant recurring IET service revenue, strong production-levered businesses, untapped market opportunities, and improved cost structure, we are becoming less cyclical and capable of generating more durable earnings and free cash flow across cycles.”

    “We are successfully executing our strategy, and this is a testament to the strength of our people and the culture we are building,” concluded Simonelli.

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

      Three Months Ended   Variance
    (in millions except per share amounts) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders $ 6,676 $ 7,526 $ 8,512   (11%)   (22%)  
    Revenue   6,908   7,139   6,641   (3%)   4%  
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes   766   579   518   32%   48%  
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes*   666   568   427   17%   56%  
    Operating income   930   833   714   12%   30%  
    Adjusted operating income*   930   847   716   10%   30%  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   1,208   1,130   983   7%   23%  
    Diluted earnings per share (EPS)   0.77   0.58   0.51   33%   51%  
    Adjusted diluted EPS*   0.67   0.57   0.42   18%   59%  
    Cash flow from operating activities   1,010   348   811   F   25%  
    Free cash flow*   754   106   592   F   27%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    “F” is used when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    Certain columns and rows in our tables and financial statements may not sum up due to the use of rounded numbers.

    Quarter Highlights

    Industrial & Energy Technology (“IET”) experienced a strong quarter for its Integrated Compressor Line (“ICL”) technology. In its largest ICL award to-date, and booked under Climate Technology Solutions (“CTS”), Baker Hughes will supply 10 units to Dubai Petroleum Establishment for the Margham Gas storage facility. These ICL units will support gas infrastructure, providing stability to Dubai’s energy supply by strengthening the system’s ability to switch between natural gas and solar power.

    IET’s Gas Technology Equipment (“GTE”) was also awarded a significant contract to supply advanced compression solutions to Saipem for TotalEnergies’ all-electric Kaminho Floating Production Storage and Offloading (“FPSO”) project in Angola. Baker Hughes’ centrifugal BCL compressor and ICL technology were selected because of the capability to minimize greenhouse emissions and eliminate routine flaring by reinjecting associated gas into the reservoir for storage. Separately, IET was selected to provide electric motor-driven process compressors for an FPSO project in Latin America.

    IET’s Gas Technology Services (“GTS”) secured a multi-decade agreement for an LNG facility in the Middle East. The scope encompasses extensive maintenance services and digital solutions, leveraging Baker Hughes’ iCenter™ Remote Monitoring and Diagnostics capabilities.

    Oilfield Services & Equipment (“OFSE”) strengthened the Company’s relationship with Petrobras, receiving contracts to supply 43 miles of flexible pipe systems in Brazil’s Santos Basin. A significant portion of these risers and flowlines will be manufactured in-country at Baker Hughes’ Niteroi plant. The contracts, awarded through an open tender, include multi-year service agreements to support maintenance activities through the life of the project and demonstrate Baker Hughes’ dedication to providing equipment and services critical to help Petrobras achieve its strategic plan to expand operations.

    In OFSE, mature assets solutions (“MAS”) delivered a strong order quarter, illustrating confidence in the Company’s full range of workflows and solutions to accelerate production and total recovery. OFSE won a MAS award to supply Santos Energy’s strategic and historic Cooper Basin Development in Australia with drilling fluids and wireline services, marking Baker Hughes’ return to the basin. Additionally, OFSE signed a multi-year contract extension with a customer in the Middle East for completions and well intervention.

    Baker Hughes saw increased adoption of Leucipa™, the Company’s intelligent automated field production digital solution. A major global operator expanded the use of Leucipa across multiple fields in the Permian Basin, enabling the customer to optimize production through real-time field orchestration to generate lower-carbon, short-cycle barrels. Additionally, a new strategic collaboration was established early in the fourth quarter with Repsol, a major customer of Leucipa, to develop and deploy next-generation artificial intelligence capabilities for this digital solution. The companies will share knowledge and expertise to optimize and enhance production across Repsol’s global portfolio while creating new commercial opportunities for Baker Hughes.

    Baker Hughes continues to innovate new digital technologies to support customers on their decarbonization journey. The Company launched CarbonEdge™, powered by Cordant™, an end-to-end, risk-based digital solution that delivers precise, real-time data and alerts on carbon dioxide (CO2) flows across CCUS infrastructure from subsurface to surface. This solution enables operators to mitigate risk, improve decision-making, enhance operational efficiency, and simplify regulatory reporting across the entire project lifecycle.

    Consolidated Revenue and Operating Income by Reporting Segment

    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
      September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Oilfield Services & Equipment $ 3,963   $ 4,011   $ 3,951     (1%)   —%  
    Industrial & Energy Technology   2,945     3,128     2,691     (6%)   9%  
    Segment revenue   6,908     7,139     6,641     (3%)   4%  
                 
    Oilfield Services & Equipment   547     493     465     11%   18%  
    Industrial & Energy Technology   474     442     346     7%   37%  
    Corporate(1)   (91 )   (88 )   (95 )   (3%)   4%  
    Restructuring, impairment & other   —     (14 )   (2 )   F   F  
    Operating income   930     833     714     12%   30%  
    Adjusted operating income*   930     847     716     10%   30%  
    Depreciation & amortization   278     283     267     (2%)   4%  
    Adjusted EBITDA* $ 1,208   $ 1,130   $ 983     7%   23%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    “F” is used when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    (1)   Corporate costs are primarily reported in “Selling, general and administrative” in the condensed consolidated statements of income (loss).

    Revenue for the quarter was $6,908 million, a decrease of 3% sequentially and an increase of 4% year-over-year. The increase in revenue year-over-year was driven by IET.

    The Company’s total book-to-bill ratio in the quarter was 1.0; the IET book-to-bill ratio in the quarter was also 1.0.

    Operating income as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), for the third quarter of 2024 was $930 million. Operating income increased $97 million sequentially and increased $216 million year-over-year.

    Adjusted operating income (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the third quarter of 2024 was $930 million. There were no adjustments to operating income in the third quarter. A list of the adjusting items and associated reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1a in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted operating income for the third quarter of 2024 was up 10% sequentially and up 30% year-over-year.

    Depreciation and amortization for the third quarter of 2024 was $278 million.

    Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the third quarter of 2024 was $1,208 million. There were no adjustments to EBITDA in the third quarter. See Table 1b in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted EBITDA for the third quarter was up 7% sequentially and up 23% year-over-year.

    The sequential increase in adjusted operating income and adjusted EBITDA was driven by higher pricing in both segments and structural cost-out initiatives, partially offset by lower volume in both segments. The year-over-year increase in adjusted operating income and adjusted EBITDA was driven by higher pricing in both segments, higher volume in IET, and structural cost-out initiatives, partially offset by cost inflation in IET and unfavorable business mix in both segments.

    Other Financial Items

    Remaining Performance Obligations (“RPO”) in the third quarter ended at $33.4 billion, a decrease of $0.1 billion from the second quarter of 2024. OFSE RPO was $3.2 billion, down 5% sequentially, while IET RPO was $30.2 billion, up $44 million sequentially. Within IET RPO, GTE RPO was $11.9 billion and GTS RPO was $14.8 billion.

    Income tax expense in the third quarter of 2024 was $235 million.

    Other non-operating income in the third quarter of 2024 was $134 million. Included in other non-operating income were net mark-to-market gains in fair value for certain equity investments of $99 million.

    GAAP diluted earnings per share was $0.77. Adjusted diluted earnings per share (a non-GAAP financial measure) was $0.67. Excluded from adjusted diluted earnings per share were all items listed in Table 1c in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Cash flow from operating activities was $1,010 million for the third quarter of 2024. Free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the quarter was $754 million. A reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1d in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets, were $256 million for the third quarter of 2024, of which $182 million for OFSE and $62 million for IET.

    Results by Reporting Segment
     

    The following segment discussions and variance explanations are intended to reflect management’s view of the relevant comparisons of financial results on a sequential or year-over-year basis, depending on the business dynamics of the reporting segments.

    Oilfield Services & Equipment

    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders $ 3,807   $ 4,068   $ 4,178     (6%)   (9%)  
    Revenue $ 3,963   $ 4,011   $ 3,951     (1%)   —%  
    Operating income $ 547   $ 493   $ 465     11%   18%  
    Operating margin   13.8 %   12.3 %   11.8 %   1.5pts   2pts  
    Depreciation & amortization $ 218   $ 223   $ 206     (2%)   6%  
    EBITDA* $ 765   $ 716   $ 670     7%   14%  
    EBITDA margin*   19.3 %   17.8 %   17.0 %   1.5pts   2.3pts  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Well Construction $ 1,050 $ 1,090 $ 1,128   (4%)   (7%)  
    Completions, Intervention & Measurements   1,009   1,118   1,085   (10%)   (7%)  
    Production Solutions   983   958   967   3%   2%  
    Subsea & Surface Pressure Systems   921   845   770   9%   20%  
    Total Revenue $ 3,963 $ 4,011 $ 3,951   (1%)   —%  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Geographic Region September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    North America $ 971 $ 1,023 $ 1,064   (5%)   (9%)  
    Latin America   648   663   695   (2%)   (7%)  
    Europe/CIS/Sub-Saharan Africa   933   827   695   13%   34%  
    Middle East/Asia   1,411   1,498   1,497   (6%)   (6%)  
    Total Revenue $ 3,963 $ 4,011 $ 3,951   (1%)   —%  
                 
    North America $ 971 $ 1,023 $ 1,064   (5%)   (9%)  
    International   2,992   2,988   2,887   —%   4%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    OFSE orders of $3,807 million for the third quarter decreased by $261 million sequentially. Subsea and Surface Pressure Systems orders were $776 million, down 13% sequentially, and down 23% year-over-year.

    OFSE revenue of $3,963 million for the third quarter was down 1% sequentially, and up $12 million year-over-year.

    North America revenue was $971 million, down 5% sequentially. International revenue was $2,992 million, an increase of $4 million sequentially, driven by growth in Europe/CIS/Sub-Saharan Africa regions partially offset by decline in Middle East/Asia.

    Segment operating income for the third quarter was $547 million, an increase of $54 million, or 11%, sequentially. Segment EBITDA for the third quarter was $765 million, an increase of $49 million, or 7% sequentially. The sequential increase in segment operating income and EBITDA was driven by positive price and productivity, partially offset by pressure from negative business mix and lower volume.

    Industrial & Energy Technology

    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders $ 2,868   $ 3,458   $ 4,334     (17%)   (34%)  
    Revenue $ 2,945   $ 3,128   $ 2,691     (6%)   9%  
    Operating income $ 474   $ 442   $ 346     7%   37%  
    Operating margin   16.1 %   14.1 %   12.9 %   2pts   3.2pts  
    Depreciation & amortization $ 54   $ 55   $ 57     (2%)   (6%)  
    EBITDA* $ 528   $ 497   $ 403     6%   31%  
    EBITDA margin*   17.9 %   15.9 %   15.0 %   2pts   2.9pts  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Orders by Product Line September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment $ 1,088 $ 1,493 $ 2,813   (27%)   (61%)  
    Gas Technology Services   778   769   724   1%   7%  
    Total Gas Technology   1,866   2,261   3,537   (17%)   (47%)  
    Industrial Products   494   524   477   (6%)   4%  
    Industrial Solutions   293   281   271   4%   8%  
    Total Industrial Technology   787   805   748   (2%)   5%  
    Climate Technology Solutions   215   392   49   (45%)   F  
    Total Orders $ 2,868 $ 3,458 $ 4,334   (17%)   (34%)  
    (in millions) Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
      Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment $ 1,281 $ 1,539 $ 1,227   (17%)   4%  
    Gas Technology Services   697   691   637   1%   9%  
    Total Gas Technology   1,978   2,230   1,865   (11%)   6%  
    Industrial Products   520   509   520   2%   —%  
    Industrial Solutions   257   262   243   (2%)   6%  
    Total Industrial Technology   777   770   763   1%   2%  
    Climate Technology Solutions   191   128   63   49%   F  
    Total Revenue $ 2,945 $ 3,128 $ 2,691   (6%)   9%  

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    “F” is used when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    IET orders of $2,868 million for the third quarter decreased by $1,465 million, or 34% year-over-year. The decrease was driven primarily by GTE orders which were down $1,725 million or 61% year-over-year.

    IET revenue of $2,945 million for the quarter increased $254 million, or 9% year-over-year. The increase was driven primarily by Climate Technology Solutions, up favorably year-over-year, and by Gas Technology, up 6% year-over-year.

    Segment operating income for the quarter was $474 million, up 37% year-over-year. Segment EBITDA for the quarter was $528 million, up $125 million, or 31% year-over-year. The year-over-year increase in segment operating income and EBITDA was primarily driven by higher volume, pricing and productivity, partially offset by cost inflation.

    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures
     

    Management provides non-GAAP financial measures because it believes such measures are widely accepted financial indicators used by investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance (including adjusted operating income; EBITDA; EBITDA margin; adjusted EBITDA; adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes; and adjusted diluted earnings per share) and liquidity (free cash flow) and that these measures may be used by investors to make informed investment decisions. Management believes that the exclusion of certain identified items from several key operating performance measures enables us to evaluate our operations more effectively, to identify underlying trends in the business, and to establish operational goals for certain management compensation purposes. Management also believes that free cash flow is an important supplemental measure of our cash performance but should not be considered as a measure of residual cash flow available for discretionary purposes, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities presented in accordance with GAAP.

    Table 1a. Reconciliation of GAAP and Adjusted Operating Income

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Operating income (GAAP) $ 930 $ 833 $ 714
    Restructuring, impairment & other   —   14   2
    Total operating income adjustments   —   14   2
    Adjusted operating income (non-GAAP) $ 930 $ 847 $ 716

    Table 1a reconciles operating income, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted operating income. Adjusted operating income excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1b. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP) $ 766   $ 579   $ 518  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests   8     2     6  
    Provision for income taxes   235     243     235  
    Interest expense, net   55     47     49  
    Other non-operating income, net   (134 )   (38 )   (94 )
    Operating income (GAAP)   930     833     714  
           
    Depreciation & amortization   278     283     267  
    EBITDA (non-GAAP)   1,208     1,116     981  
    Total operating income adjustments(1)   —     14     2  
    Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) $ 1,208   $ 1,130   $ 983  

    (1)   See Table 1a for the identified adjustments to operating income.

    Table 1b reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1c. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions, except per share amounts) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP) $ 766   $ 579   $ 518  
    Total operating income adjustments(1)   —     14     2  
    Other adjustments (non-operating)(2)   (99 )   (19 )   (95 )
    Tax adjustments(3)   (1 )   (6 )   2  
    Total adjustments, net of income tax   (100 )   (11 )   (91 )
    Less: adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests   —     —     —  
    Adjustments attributable to Baker Hughes   (100 )   (11 )   (91 )
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes (non-GAAP) $ 666   $ 568   $ 427  
           
           
    Denominator:      
    Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding diluted   999     1,001     1,017  
    Adjusted earnings per share – diluted (non-GAAP) $ 0.67   $ 0.57   $ 0.42  

    (1)   See Table 1a for the identified adjustments to operating income.

    (2)   All periods primarily reflect the net gain or loss on changes in fair value for certain equity investments.

    (3)   All periods reflect the tax associated with the other operating and non-operating adjustments.

    Table 1c reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes. Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1d. Reconciliation of Net Cash Flows From Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    September 30,
    2023
    Net cash flows from operating activities (GAAP) $ 1,010   $ 348   $ 811  
    Add: cash used for capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets   (256 )   (242 )   (219 )
    Free cash flow (non-GAAP) $ 754   $ 106   $ 592  

    Table 1d reconciles net cash flows from operating activities, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to free cash flow. Free cash flow is defined as net cash flows from operating activities less expenditures for capital assets plus proceeds from disposal of assets.

    Financial Tables (GAAP)
     
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
     
    (Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    (In millions, except per share amounts)   2024     2023     2024     2023  
    Revenue $ 6,908   $ 6,641   $ 20,465   $ 18,671  
    Costs and expenses:        
    Cost of revenue   5,366     5,298     16,155     14,867  
    Selling, general and administrative   612     627     1,873     1,977  
    Restructuring, impairment and other   —     2     21     161  
    Total costs and expenses   5,978     5,927     18,049     17,005  
    Operating income   930     714     2,416     1,666  
    Other non-operating income, net   134     94     200     638  
    Interest expense, net   (55 )   (49 )   (143 )   (171 )
    Income before income taxes   1,009     759     2,473     2,133  
    Provision for income taxes   (235 )   (235 )   (656 )   (614 )
    Net income   774     524     1,817     1,519  
    Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests   8     6     17     16  
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes Company $ 766   $ 518   $ 1,800   $ 1,503  
             
    Per share amounts:      
    Basic income per Class A common stock $ 0.77   $ 0.51   $ 1.81   $ 1.49  
    Diluted income per Class A common stock $ 0.77   $ 0.51   $ 1.80   $ 1.48  
             
    Weighted average shares:        
    Class A basic   993     1,009     996     1,010  
    Class A diluted   999     1,017     1,001     1,016  
             
    Cash dividend per Class A common stock $ 0.21   $ 0.20   $ 0.63   $ 0.58  
             
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
     
    (Unaudited)
    (In millions) September 30,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    ASSETS
    Current Assets:    
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,664 $ 2,646
    Current receivables, net   6,920   7,075
    Inventories, net   5,254   5,094
    All other current assets   1,730   1,486
    Total current assets   16,568   16,301
    Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation   5,150   4,893
    Goodwill   6,167   6,137
    Other intangible assets, net   3,995   4,093
    Contract and other deferred assets   1,904   1,756
    All other assets   3,746   3,765
    Total assets $ 37,530 $ 36,945
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
    Current Liabilities:    
    Accounts payable $ 4,431 $ 4,471
    Short-term and current portion of long-term debt   52   148
    Progress collections and deferred income   5,685   5,542
    All other current liabilities   2,622   2,830
    Total current liabilities   12,790   12,991
    Long-term debt   5,984   5,872
    Liabilities for pensions and other postretirement benefits   991   978
    All other liabilities   1,422   1,585
    Equity   16,343   15,519
    Total liabilities and equity $ 37,530 $ 36,945
         
    Outstanding Baker Hughes Company shares:    
    Class A common stock   989   998
             
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
     
    (Unaudited)
      Three Months
    Ended
    September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    (In millions)   2024     2024     2023  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 774   $ 1,817   $ 1,519  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   278     844     813  
    Stock-based compensation cost   53     154     148  
    Gain on equity securities   (99 )   (171 )   (639 )
    Provision for deferred income taxes   2     35     68  
    Other asset impairments   —     —     43  
    Working capital   (21 )   (57 )   19  
    Other operating items, net   23     (480 )   159  
    Net cash flows provided by operating activities   1,010     2,142     2,130  
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Expenditures for capital assets   (300 )   (925 )   (868 )
    Proceeds from disposal of assets   44     145     150  
    Proceeds from sale of equity securities   —     21     372  
    Proceeds from business dispositions   —     —     293  
    Net cash paid for acquisitions   —     —     (301 )
    Other investing items, net   (13 )   (40 )   (149 )
    Net cash flows used in investing activities   (269 )   (799 )   (503 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Repayment of long-term debt   (9 )   (134 )   —  
    Dividends paid   (209 )   (628 )   (586 )
    Repurchase of Class A common stock   (152 )   (476 )   (219 )
    Other financing items, net   6     (55 )   (56 )
    Net cash flows used in financing activities   (364 )   (1,293 )   (861 )
    Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   3     (32 )   (53 )
    Increase in cash and cash equivalents   380     18     713  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period   2,284     2,646     2,488  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 2,664   $ 2,664   $ 3,201  
    Supplemental cash flows disclosures:      
    Income taxes paid, net of refunds $ 397   $ 733   $ 463  
    Interest paid $ 49   $ 199   $ 205  
                       

    Supplemental Financial Information

    Supplemental financial information can be found on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com in the Financial Information section under Quarterly Results.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    The Company has scheduled an investor conference call to discuss management’s outlook and the results reported in today’s earnings announcement. The call will begin at 9:30 a.m. Eastern time, 8:30 a.m. Central time on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, the content of which is not part of this earnings release. The conference call will be broadcast live via a webcast and can be accessed by visiting the Events and Presentations page on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available on the website for one month following the webcast.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release (and oral statements made regarding the subjects of this release) may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (each a “forward-looking statement”). Forward-looking statements concern future circumstances and results and other statements that are not historical facts and are sometimes identified by the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “would,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “overestimate,” “underestimate,” “believe,” “could,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “target”, “goal” or other similar words or expressions. There are many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are also affected by the risk factors described in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2023 and those set forth from time to time in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The documents are available through the Company’s website at: http://www.investors.bakerhughes.com or through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Analysis Retrieval system at: http://www.sec.gov. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, except as required by law. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements.

    Our expectations regarding our business outlook and business plans; the business plans of our customers; oil and natural gas market conditions; cost and availability of resources; economic, legal and regulatory conditions, and other matters are only our forecasts regarding these matters.

    These forward-looking statements, including forecasts, may be substantially different from actual results, which are affected by many risks, along with the following risk factors and the timing of any of these risk factors:

    • Economic and political conditions – the impact of worldwide economic conditions and rising inflation; the effect that declines in credit availability may have on worldwide economic growth and demand for hydrocarbons; foreign currency exchange fluctuations and changes in the capital markets in locations where we operate; and the impact of government disruptions and sanctions.
    • Orders and RPO – our ability to execute on orders and RPO in accordance with agreed specifications, terms and conditions and convert those orders and RPO to revenue and cash.
    • Oil and gas market conditions – the level of petroleum industry exploration, development and production expenditures; the price of, volatility in pricing of, and the demand for crude oil and natural gas; drilling activity; drilling permits for and regulation of the shelf and the deepwater drilling; excess productive capacity; crude and product inventories; liquefied natural gas supply and demand; seasonal and other adverse weather conditions that affect the demand for energy; severe weather conditions, such as tornadoes and hurricanes, that affect exploration and production activities; Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policy and the adherence by OPEC nations to their OPEC production quotas.
    • Terrorism and geopolitical risks – war, military action, terrorist activities or extended periods of international conflict, particularly involving any petroleum-producing or consuming regions, including Russia and Ukraine; and the recent conflict in the Middle East; labor disruptions, civil unrest or security conditions where we operate; potentially burdensome taxation, expropriation of assets by governmental action; cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents or attacks; epidemic outbreaks.

    About Baker Hughes:

    Baker Hughes (Nasdaq: BKR) is an energy technology company that provides solutions for energy and industrial customers worldwide. Built on a century of experience and conducting business in over 120 countries, our innovative technologies and services are taking energy forward – making it safer, cleaner and more efficient for people and the planet. Visit us at bakerhughes.com

    For more information, please contact:

    Investor Relations

    Chase Mulvehill
    +1 346-297-2561
    investor.relations@bakerhughes.com

    Media Relations

    Adrienne Lynch
    +1 713-906-8407
    adrienne.lynch@bakerhughes.com

    The MIL Network –

    January 24, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Workshop to Offer Guidance on How to Open Business Claims for the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire

    Source: US Federal Emergency Management Agency

    Headline: Workshop to Offer Guidance on How to Open Business Claims for the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire

    Workshop to Offer Guidance on How to Open Business Claims for the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire

    SANTA FE, NM – Business owners impacted by the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire and subsequent flooding can receive tips at an Oct. 23 workshop on how to open a claim, learn more about what qualifies for compensation and begin the claims process on the spot. The Advocate team at the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Claims Office is partnering with the Las Vegas Chamber of Commerce and the U.S. Small Business Administration to offer guidance to affected businesses on the best way to start a claim before the Dec. 20, 2024, deadline. The workshop will be 2 p.m. – 7 p.m., Oct. 23 at Highlands University’s Student Union Building, third floor, in Las Vegas, N.M. There will be information booths and presentations on what’s required for businesses to receive compensation and what resources are available to impacted businesses. To-date the Claims Office has paid more than $214 million to business owners and is bringing the Claims Office’s business team to the community to continue to share vital information to owners as they navigate the claims process. Claims Office business team members will be onsite to assist those who want to file a Notice of Loss (NOL), which is the first step in starting a claim.“Businesses are the backbone of communities and provide jobs and essential services, which is why the Advocate Team is committed to helping eligible businesses start their claims before the deadline,” said Paula Gutierrez, the Claims Office Advocate Branch Chief. “This workshop is one way to maximize the resources that are available to business owners to address their needs, as they navigate the claims process before the Dec. 20, 2024, deadline.”Business owners who aim to submit an NOL at the workshop should bring the following:  Tax returns and profit/loss statements for 2021 and 2022Articles of incorporation or organizationCompleted W-9Copy of the IRS letter with your name and Employer Identification NumberInventory and equipment list before and after the fire and flooding. Photos of damaged propertyA document showing estimated cost of damage or losses; that could be an invoice, receipt or purchase order of repairs and costs to replace equipment and inventory.  The workshop will offer instruction on business impacts that qualify for compensation, such as increased costs, temporary interruption or closure, loss of natural resources, canceled contracts and staff who were paid after operations shut down. Representatives from the Small Business Administration New Mexico District Office, the New Mexico Minority Business Development Agency, New Mexico Small Business Assistance Program (Los Alamos National Laboratory), New Mexico Occupational Health & Safety Bureau and the City of Las Vegas Community Development Department will be onsite to share resources and answer questions.The Claims Office is committed to meeting the needs of people impacted by the fire and subsequent flooding by providing full compensation available under the law as expeditiously as possible. So far, it has paid more than $1.4 billion to claimants. As we continue to approach the Dec. 20, 2024, deadline, we continue to observe an increase in claim submissions, that may result in temporary longer wait times that often prevent same-day issuance of Letters of Determination for claims. We are actively working to reduce wait times and shorten processing times of claims. Claims Office compensation is not taxable. Receiving payment from the Claims Office will not affect eligibility for government assistance programs. Contact a tax professional for specific tax-related questions. Questions and concerns can also be addressed by calling your claim navigator or the Helpline at 505-995-7133.For information and updates regarding the Claims Office, please visit the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Claims Office website at fema.gov/hermits-peak. For information in Spanish, visit fema.gov/es/hermits-peak. You can also follow our Facebook page and turn notifications on to stay up to date about the claims process, upcoming deadlines and other program announcements at facebook.com/HermitsPeakCalfCanyonClaimsOffice. 
    erika.suzuki
    Tue, 10/22/2024 – 20:37

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 24, 2025
←Previous Page
1 … 320 321 322 323 324 … 358
Next Page→
NewzIntel.com

NewzIntel.com

MIL Open Source Intelligence

  • Blog
  • About
  • FAQs
  • Authors
  • Events
  • Shop
  • Patterns
  • Themes

Twenty Twenty-Five

Designed with WordPress